|
3
|
1 /*
|
|
|
2 * Dynamic Windows:
|
|
|
3 * A GTK like implementation of the PM GUI
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * (C) 2000,2001 Brian Smith <dbsoft@technologist.com>
|
|
|
6 * (C) 2000 Achim Hasenmueller <achimha@innotek.de>
|
|
|
7 * (C) 2000 Peter Nielsen <peter@pmview.com>
|
|
|
8 * (C) 1998 Sergey I. Yevtushenko (some code borrowed from cell toolkit)
|
|
|
9 *
|
|
|
10 */
|
|
|
11 #define INCL_DOS
|
|
|
12 #define INCL_DOSERRORS
|
|
|
13 #define INCL_WIN
|
|
|
14 #define INCL_GPI
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #include <os2.h>
|
|
|
17 #include <stdlib.h>
|
|
|
18 #include <string.h>
|
|
|
19 #include <stdio.h>
|
|
|
20 #include <stdarg.h>
|
|
|
21 #include <stddef.h>
|
|
|
22 #include <ctype.h>
|
|
|
23 #include <process.h>
|
|
|
24 #include "dw.h"
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
26 #define QWP_USER 0
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
28 char ClassName[] = "dynamicwindows";
|
|
|
29 char SplitbarClassName[] = "dwsplitbar";
|
|
|
30 char DefaultFont[] = "9.WarpSans";
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
32 /* this is the callback handle for the window procedure
|
|
|
33 * make sure you always match the calling convention!
|
|
|
34 */
|
|
|
35 int (* EXPENTRY filterfunc)(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM) = 0L;
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
37 HAB dwhab = 0;
|
|
|
38 HMQ dwhmq = 0;
|
|
|
39 DWTID _dwtid = 0;
|
|
|
40 LONG _foreground = 0xAAAAAA, _background = 0;
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
42 HWND hwndBubble = NULLHANDLE, hwndBubbleLast = NULLHANDLE;
|
|
|
43 PRECORDCORE pCore = NULL;
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
45 #ifndef min
|
|
|
46 #define min(a, b) (((a < b) ? a : b))
|
|
|
47 #endif
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
49 #ifdef DWDEBUG
|
|
|
50 FILE *f;
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
52 void reopen(void)
|
|
|
53 {
|
|
|
54 fclose(f);
|
|
|
55 f = fopen("dw.log", "at");
|
|
|
56 }
|
|
|
57 #endif
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
59 static LONG lColor[SPLITBAR_WIDTH] =
|
|
|
60 {
|
|
|
61 DW_CLR_BLACK,
|
|
|
62 DW_CLR_PALEGRAY,
|
|
|
63 DW_CLR_WHITE
|
|
|
64 };
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
66 #ifdef NO_SIGNALS
|
|
|
67 #define USE_FILTER
|
|
|
68 #else
|
|
|
69 typedef struct _sighandler
|
|
|
70 {
|
|
|
71 struct _sighandler *next;
|
|
|
72 ULONG message;
|
|
|
73 HWND window;
|
|
|
74 void *signalfunction;
|
|
|
75 void *data;
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
77 } SignalHandler;
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
79 SignalHandler *Root = NULL;
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
81 typedef struct
|
|
|
82 {
|
|
|
83 ULONG message;
|
|
|
84 char name[30];
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
86 } SignalList;
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
88 /* List of signals and their equivilent OS/2 message */
|
|
|
89 #define SIGNALMAX 11
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
91 SignalList SignalTranslate[SIGNALMAX] = {
|
|
|
92 { WM_SIZE, "configure_event" },
|
|
|
93 { WM_CHAR, "key_press_event" },
|
|
|
94 { WM_BUTTON1DOWN, "button_press_event" },
|
|
|
95 { WM_BUTTON1UP, "button_release_event"},
|
|
|
96 { WM_MOUSEMOVE, "motion_notify_event" },
|
|
|
97 { WM_CLOSE, "delete_event" },
|
|
|
98 { WM_PAINT, "expose_event" },
|
|
|
99 { WM_COMMAND, "clicked" },
|
|
|
100 { CN_ENTER, "container-select" },
|
|
|
101 { CN_CONTEXTMENU, "container-context" },
|
|
|
102 { LN_SELECT, "item-select" }
|
|
|
103 };
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
105 /* This function adds a signal handler callback into the linked list.
|
|
|
106 */
|
|
|
107 void _new_signal(ULONG message, HWND window, void *signalfunction, void *data)
|
|
|
108 {
|
|
|
109 SignalHandler *new = malloc(sizeof(SignalHandler));
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
111 new->message = message;
|
|
|
112 new->window = window;
|
|
|
113 new->signalfunction = signalfunction;
|
|
|
114 new->data = data;
|
|
|
115 new->next = NULL;
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
117 if (!Root)
|
|
|
118 Root = new;
|
|
|
119 else
|
|
|
120 {
|
|
|
121 SignalHandler *prev = NULL, *tmp = Root;
|
|
|
122 while(tmp)
|
|
|
123 {
|
|
|
124 prev = tmp;
|
|
|
125 tmp = tmp->next;
|
|
|
126 }
|
|
|
127 if(prev)
|
|
|
128 prev->next = new;
|
|
|
129 else
|
|
|
130 Root = new;
|
|
|
131 }
|
|
|
132 }
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
134 /* Finds the message number for a given signal name */
|
|
|
135 ULONG _findsigmessage(char *signame)
|
|
|
136 {
|
|
|
137 int z;
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
139 for(z=0;z<SIGNALMAX;z++)
|
|
|
140 {
|
|
|
141 if(stricmp(signame, SignalTranslate[z].name) == 0)
|
|
|
142 return SignalTranslate[z].message;
|
|
|
143 }
|
|
|
144 return 0L;
|
|
|
145 }
|
|
|
146 #endif
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
148 /* This function removes and handlers on windows and frees
|
|
|
149 * the user memory allocated to it.
|
|
|
150 */
|
|
|
151 void _free_window_memory(HWND handle)
|
|
|
152 {
|
|
|
153 HENUM henum;
|
|
|
154 HWND child;
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
156 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS
|
|
|
157 dw_signal_disconnect_by_window(handle);
|
|
|
158 #endif
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
160 henum = WinBeginEnumWindows(handle);
|
|
|
161 while((child = WinGetNextWindow(henum)) != NULLHANDLE)
|
|
|
162 {
|
|
|
163 void *ptr = (void *)WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
165 if(ptr)
|
|
|
166 {
|
|
|
167 WinSetWindowPtr(handle, QWP_USER, 0);
|
|
|
168 free(ptr);
|
|
|
169 }
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
171 _free_window_memory(child);
|
|
|
172 }
|
|
|
173 WinEndEnumWindows(henum);
|
|
|
174 return;
|
|
|
175 }
|
|
|
176
|
|
|
177 /* This function returns 1 if the window (widget) handle
|
|
|
178 * passed to it is a valid window that can gain input focus.
|
|
|
179 */
|
|
|
180 int _validate_focus(HWND handle)
|
|
|
181 {
|
|
|
182 char tmpbuf[100];
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
184 if(!handle)
|
|
|
185 return 0;
|
|
|
186
|
|
|
187 WinQueryClassName(handle, 99, tmpbuf);
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
189 /* These are the window classes which can
|
|
|
190 * obtain input focus.
|
|
|
191 */
|
|
|
192 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#2", 2)==0 || /* Entryfield */
|
|
|
193 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#3", 2)==0 || /* Button */
|
|
|
194 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#6", 2)==0 || /* Combobox */
|
|
|
195 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#7", 2)==0 || /* List box */
|
|
|
196 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#10", 3)==0 || /* MLE */
|
|
|
197 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#32", 3)==0 || /* Spinbutton */
|
|
|
198 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#37", 3)== 0) /* Container */
|
|
|
199 return 1;
|
|
|
200 return 0;
|
|
|
201 }
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
203 int _focus_check_box(Box *box, HWND handle, int start)
|
|
|
204 {
|
|
|
205 int z;
|
|
|
206 static HWND lasthwnd, firsthwnd;
|
|
|
207 static int finish_searching;
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
209 /* Start is 2 when we have cycled completely and
|
|
|
210 * need to set the focus to the last widget we found
|
|
|
211 * that was valid.
|
|
|
212 */
|
|
|
213 if(start == 2)
|
|
|
214 {
|
|
|
215 if(lasthwnd)
|
|
|
216 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, lasthwnd);
|
|
|
217 return 0;
|
|
|
218 }
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
220 /* Start is 1 when we are entering the function
|
|
|
221 * for the first time, it is zero when entering
|
|
|
222 * the function recursively.
|
|
|
223 */
|
|
|
224 if(start == 1)
|
|
|
225 {
|
|
|
226 lasthwnd = handle;
|
|
|
227 finish_searching = 0;
|
|
|
228 firsthwnd = 0;
|
|
|
229 }
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
231 /* Vertical boxes are inverted on OS/2 */
|
|
|
232 if(box->type == BOXVERT)
|
|
|
233 {
|
|
|
234 for(z=0;z<box->count;z++)
|
|
|
235 {
|
|
|
236 if(box->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
|
|
|
237 {
|
|
|
238 Box *thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
239
|
|
|
240 if(thisbox && _focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0))
|
|
|
241 return 1;
|
|
|
242 }
|
|
|
243 else
|
|
|
244 {
|
|
|
245 if(box->items[z].hwnd == handle)
|
|
|
246 {
|
|
|
247 if(lasthwnd == handle && firsthwnd)
|
|
|
248 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, firsthwnd);
|
|
|
249 else if(lasthwnd == handle && !firsthwnd)
|
|
|
250 finish_searching = 1;
|
|
|
251 else
|
|
|
252 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, lasthwnd);
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
254 /* If we aren't looking for the last handle,
|
|
|
255 * return immediately.
|
|
|
256 */
|
|
|
257 if(!finish_searching)
|
|
|
258 return 1;
|
|
|
259 }
|
|
|
260 if(_validate_focus(box->items[z].hwnd))
|
|
|
261 {
|
|
|
262 /* Start is 3 when we are looking for the
|
|
|
263 * first valid item in the layout.
|
|
|
264 */
|
|
|
265 if(start == 3)
|
|
|
266 {
|
|
|
267 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, box->items[z].hwnd);
|
|
|
268 return 1;
|
|
|
269 }
|
|
|
270
|
|
|
271 if(!firsthwnd)
|
|
|
272 firsthwnd = box->items[z].hwnd;
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
274 lasthwnd = box->items[z].hwnd;
|
|
|
275 }
|
|
|
276 else
|
|
|
277 {
|
|
|
278 char tmpbuf[100] = "";
|
|
|
279
|
|
|
280 WinQueryClassName(box->items[z].hwnd, 99, tmpbuf);
|
|
|
281 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#40", 3)==0) /* Notebook */
|
|
|
282 {
|
|
|
283 Box *notebox;
|
|
|
284 HWND page = (HWND)WinSendMsg(box->items[z].hwnd, BKM_QUERYPAGEWINDOWHWND,
|
|
|
285 (MPARAM)dw_notebook_page_query(box->items[z].hwnd), 0);
|
|
|
286
|
|
|
287 if(page)
|
|
|
288 {
|
|
|
289 notebox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(page, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
291 if(notebox && _focus_check_box(notebox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0))
|
|
|
292 return 1;
|
|
|
293 }
|
|
|
294 }
|
|
|
295 }
|
|
|
296 }
|
|
|
297 }
|
|
|
298 }
|
|
|
299 else
|
|
|
300 {
|
|
|
301 for(z=box->count-1;z>-1;z--)
|
|
|
302 {
|
|
|
303 if(box->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
|
|
|
304 {
|
|
|
305 Box *thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
306
|
|
|
307 if(thisbox && _focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0))
|
|
|
308 return 1;
|
|
|
309 }
|
|
|
310 else
|
|
|
311 {
|
|
|
312 if(box->items[z].hwnd == handle)
|
|
|
313 {
|
|
|
314 if(lasthwnd == handle && firsthwnd)
|
|
|
315 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, firsthwnd);
|
|
|
316 else if(lasthwnd == handle && !firsthwnd)
|
|
|
317 finish_searching = 1;
|
|
|
318 else
|
|
|
319 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, lasthwnd);
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
321 /* If we aren't looking for the last handle,
|
|
|
322 * return immediately.
|
|
|
323 */
|
|
|
324 if(!finish_searching)
|
|
|
325 return 1;
|
|
|
326 }
|
|
|
327 if(_validate_focus(box->items[z].hwnd))
|
|
|
328 {
|
|
|
329 /* Start is 3 when we are looking for the
|
|
|
330 * first valid item in the layout.
|
|
|
331 */
|
|
|
332 if(start == 3)
|
|
|
333 {
|
|
|
334 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, box->items[z].hwnd);
|
|
|
335 return 1;
|
|
|
336 }
|
|
|
337
|
|
|
338 if(!firsthwnd)
|
|
|
339 firsthwnd = box->items[z].hwnd;
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
341 lasthwnd = box->items[z].hwnd;
|
|
|
342 }
|
|
|
343 else
|
|
|
344 {
|
|
|
345 char tmpbuf[100] = "";
|
|
|
346
|
|
|
347 WinQueryClassName(box->items[z].hwnd, 99, tmpbuf);
|
|
|
348 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#40", 3)==0) /* Notebook */
|
|
|
349 {
|
|
|
350 Box *notebox;
|
|
|
351 HWND page = (HWND)WinSendMsg(box->items[z].hwnd, BKM_QUERYPAGEWINDOWHWND,
|
|
|
352 (MPARAM)dw_notebook_page_query(box->items[z].hwnd), 0);
|
|
|
353
|
|
|
354 if(page)
|
|
|
355 {
|
|
|
356 notebox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(page, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
357
|
|
|
358 if(notebox && _focus_check_box(notebox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0))
|
|
|
359 return 1;
|
|
|
360 }
|
|
|
361 }
|
|
|
362 }
|
|
|
363 }
|
|
|
364 }
|
|
|
365 }
|
|
|
366 return 0;
|
|
|
367 }
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
369 /* This function finds the first widget in the
|
|
|
370 * layout and moves the current focus to it.
|
|
|
371 */
|
|
|
372 void _initial_focus(HWND handle)
|
|
|
373 {
|
|
|
374 Box *thisbox;
|
|
|
375 HWND box;
|
|
|
376
|
|
|
377 box = WinWindowFromID(handle, FID_CLIENT);
|
|
|
378 if(box)
|
|
|
379 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
380
|
|
|
381 if(thisbox)
|
|
|
382 {
|
|
|
383 _focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, 3);
|
|
|
384 }
|
|
|
385 }
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
387 /* This function finds the current widget in the
|
|
|
388 * layout and moves the current focus to the next item.
|
|
|
389 */
|
|
|
390 void _shift_focus(HWND handle)
|
|
|
391 {
|
|
|
392 Box *thisbox;
|
|
|
393 HWND box, lastbox = WinQueryWindow(handle, QW_PARENT);
|
|
|
394
|
|
|
395 /* Find the toplevel window */
|
|
|
396 while((box = WinQueryWindow(lastbox, QW_PARENT)) > 0x80000001)
|
|
|
397 {
|
|
|
398 lastbox = box;
|
|
|
399 }
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
401 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(lastbox, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
402 if(!thisbox)
|
|
|
403 {
|
|
|
404 box = WinWindowFromID(lastbox, FID_CLIENT);
|
|
|
405 if(box)
|
|
|
406 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
407 }
|
|
|
408 if(thisbox)
|
|
|
409 {
|
|
|
410 if(_focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, 1) == 0)
|
|
|
411 _focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, 2);
|
|
|
412 }
|
|
|
413 }
|
|
|
414
|
|
|
415 /* ResetWindow:
|
|
|
416 * Resizes window to the exact same size to trigger
|
|
|
417 * recalculation of frame.
|
|
|
418 */
|
|
|
419 void _ResetWindow(HWND hwndFrame)
|
|
|
420 {
|
|
|
421 SWP swp;
|
|
|
422
|
|
|
423 WinQueryWindowPos(hwndFrame, &swp);
|
|
|
424 WinSetWindowPos(hwndFrame, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, swp.cx, swp.cy-1, SWP_SIZE);
|
|
|
425 WinSetWindowPos(hwndFrame, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, swp.cx, swp.cy, SWP_SIZE);
|
|
|
426 }
|
|
|
427
|
|
|
428 /* This function will recursively search a box and add up the total height of it */
|
|
|
429 void _count_size(HWND box, int type, int *xsize, int *xorigsize)
|
|
|
430 {
|
|
|
431 int size = 0, origsize = 0, z;
|
|
|
432 Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
433
|
|
|
434 if(!tmp)
|
|
|
435 {
|
|
|
436 *xsize = *xorigsize = 0;
|
|
|
437 return;
|
|
|
438 }
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
440 if(type == tmp->type)
|
|
|
441 {
|
|
|
442 /* If the box is going in the direction we want, then we
|
|
|
443 * return the entire sum of the items.
|
|
|
444 */
|
|
|
445 for(z=0;z<tmp->count;z++)
|
|
|
446 {
|
|
|
447 if(tmp->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
|
|
|
448 {
|
|
|
449 int s, os;
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
451 _count_size(tmp->items[z].hwnd, type, &s, &os);
|
|
|
452 size += s;
|
|
|
453 origsize += os;
|
|
|
454 }
|
|
|
455 else
|
|
|
456 {
|
|
|
457 size += (type == BOXHORZ ? tmp->items[z].width : tmp->items[z].height);
|
|
|
458 origsize += (type == BOXHORZ ? tmp->items[z].origwidth : tmp->items[z].origheight);
|
|
|
459 }
|
|
|
460 }
|
|
|
461 }
|
|
|
462 else
|
|
|
463 {
|
|
|
464 /* If the box is not going in the direction we want, then we only
|
|
|
465 * want to return the maximum value.
|
|
|
466 */
|
|
|
467 int tmpsize = 0, tmporigsize = 0;
|
|
|
468
|
|
|
469 for(z=0;z<tmp->count;z++)
|
|
|
470 {
|
|
|
471 if(tmp->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
|
|
|
472 _count_size(tmp->items[z].hwnd, type, &tmpsize, &tmporigsize);
|
|
|
473 else
|
|
|
474 {
|
|
|
475 tmpsize = (type == BOXHORZ ? tmp->items[z].width : tmp->items[z].height);
|
|
|
476 tmporigsize = (type == BOXHORZ ? tmp->items[z].origwidth : tmp->items[z].origheight);
|
|
|
477 }
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
479 if(tmpsize > size)
|
|
|
480 size = tmpsize;
|
|
|
481 }
|
|
|
482 }
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
484 *xsize = size;
|
|
|
485 *xorigsize = origsize;
|
|
|
486 }
|
|
|
487
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
489 /* Function: TrackRectangle
|
|
|
490 * Abstract: Tracks given rectangle.
|
|
|
491 *
|
|
|
492 * If rclBounds is NULL, then track rectangle on entire desktop.
|
|
|
493 * rclTrack is in window coorditates and will be mapped to
|
|
|
494 * desktop.
|
|
|
495 */
|
|
|
496
|
|
|
497 BOOL _TrackRectangle(HWND hwndBase, RECTL* rclTrack, RECTL* rclBounds)
|
|
|
498 {
|
|
|
499 TRACKINFO track;
|
|
|
500 APIRET rc;
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
502 track.cxBorder = 1;
|
|
|
503 track.cyBorder = 1;
|
|
|
504 track.cxGrid = 1;
|
|
|
505 track.cyGrid = 1;
|
|
|
506 track.cxKeyboard = 8;
|
|
|
507 track.cyKeyboard = 8;
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
509 if(!rclTrack)
|
|
|
510 return FALSE;
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
512 if(rclBounds)
|
|
|
513 {
|
|
|
514 track.rclBoundary = *rclBounds;
|
|
|
515 }
|
|
|
516 else
|
|
|
517 {
|
|
|
518 track.rclBoundary.yTop =
|
|
|
519 track.rclBoundary.xRight = 3000;
|
|
|
520 track.rclBoundary.yBottom =
|
|
|
521 track.rclBoundary.xLeft = -3000;
|
|
|
522 }
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
524 track.rclTrack = *rclTrack;
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
526 WinMapWindowPoints(hwndBase,
|
|
|
527 HWND_DESKTOP,
|
|
|
528 (PPOINTL)&track.rclTrack,
|
|
|
529 2);
|
|
|
530
|
|
|
531 track.ptlMinTrackSize.x = track.rclTrack.xRight
|
|
|
532 - track.rclTrack.xLeft;
|
|
|
533 track.ptlMinTrackSize.y = track.rclTrack.yTop
|
|
|
534 - track.rclTrack.yBottom;
|
|
|
535 track.ptlMaxTrackSize.x = track.rclTrack.xRight
|
|
|
536 - track.rclTrack.xLeft;
|
|
|
537 track.ptlMaxTrackSize.y = track.rclTrack.yTop
|
|
|
538 - track.rclTrack.yBottom;
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
540 track.fs = TF_MOVE | TF_ALLINBOUNDARY;
|
|
|
541
|
|
|
542 rc = WinTrackRect(HWND_DESKTOP, 0, &track);
|
|
|
543
|
|
|
544 if(rc)
|
|
|
545 *rclTrack = track.rclTrack;
|
|
|
546
|
|
|
547 return rc;
|
|
|
548 }
|
|
|
549
|
|
|
550 /* This function calculates how much space the widgets and boxes require
|
|
|
551 * and does expansion as necessary.
|
|
|
552 */
|
|
|
553 int _resize_box(Box *thisbox, int *depth, int x, int y, int *usedx, int *usedy,
|
|
|
554 int pass, int *usedpadx, int *usedpady)
|
|
|
555 {
|
|
|
556 int z, currentx = 0, currenty = 0;
|
|
|
557 int vectorx = 0, vectory = 0;
|
|
|
558 int uymax = 0, uxmax = 0;
|
|
|
559 int upymax = 0, upxmax = 0;
|
|
|
560 /* Used for the SIZEEXPAND */
|
|
|
561 int nux = *usedx, nuy = *usedy;
|
|
|
562 int nupx = *usedpadx, nupy = *usedpady;
|
|
|
563
|
|
|
564 (*usedx) += (thisbox->pad * 2);
|
|
|
565 (*usedy) += (thisbox->pad * 2);
|
|
|
566
|
|
|
567 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++)
|
|
|
568 {
|
|
|
569 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
|
|
|
570 {
|
|
|
571 int initialx, initialy;
|
|
|
572 Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
573
|
|
|
574 initialx = x - (*usedx);
|
|
|
575 initialy = y - (*usedy);
|
|
|
576
|
|
|
577 if(tmp)
|
|
|
578 {
|
|
|
579 int newx, newy;
|
|
|
580 int nux = *usedx, nuy = *usedy;
|
|
|
581 int upx = *usedpadx + (tmp->pad*2), upy = *usedpady + (tmp->pad*2);
|
|
|
582
|
|
|
583 /* On the second pass we know how big the box needs to be and how
|
|
|
584 * much space we have, so we can calculate a ratio for the new box.
|
|
|
585 */
|
|
|
586 if(pass == 2)
|
|
|
587 {
|
|
|
588 int deep = *depth + 1;
|
|
|
589
|
|
|
590 _resize_box(tmp, &deep, x, y, &nux, &nuy, 1, &upx, &upy);
|
|
|
591
|
|
|
592 tmp->upx = upx - *usedpadx;
|
|
|
593 tmp->upy = upy - *usedpady;
|
|
|
594
|
|
|
595 newx = x - nux;
|
|
|
596 newy = y - nuy;
|
|
|
597
|
|
|
598 tmp->width = thisbox->items[z].width = initialx - newx;
|
|
|
599 tmp->height = thisbox->items[z].height = initialy - newy;
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
601 tmp->parentxratio = thisbox->xratio;
|
|
|
602 tmp->parentyratio = thisbox->yratio;
|
|
|
603
|
|
|
604 tmp->parentpad = tmp->pad;
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
606 /* Just in case */
|
|
|
607 tmp->xratio = thisbox->xratio;
|
|
|
608 tmp->yratio = thisbox->yratio;
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
610 #ifdef DWDEBUG
|
|
|
611 if(pass > 1)
|
|
|
612 {
|
|
|
613 fprintf(f, "FARK! depth %d\r\nwidth = %d, height = %d, nux = %d, nuy = %d, upx = %d, upy = %d xratio = %f, yratio = %f\r\n\r\n",
|
|
|
614 *depth, thisbox->items[z].width, thisbox->items[z].height, nux, nuy, tmp->upx, tmp->upy, tmp->xratio, tmp->yratio);
|
|
|
615 reopen();
|
|
|
616 }
|
|
|
617 #endif
|
|
|
618 if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
|
|
|
619 {
|
|
|
620 if((thisbox->items[z].width-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2)))!=0)
|
|
|
621 tmp->xratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].width * thisbox->xratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2))))/((float)(thisbox->items[z].width-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2))));
|
|
|
622 }
|
|
|
623 else
|
|
|
624 {
|
|
|
625 if((thisbox->items[z].width-tmp->upx)!=0)
|
|
|
626 tmp->xratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].width * thisbox->xratio)-tmp->upx))/((float)(thisbox->items[z].width-tmp->upx));
|
|
|
627 }
|
|
|
628 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
|
|
|
629 {
|
|
|
630 if((thisbox->items[z].height-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2)))!=0)
|
|
|
631 tmp->yratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].height * thisbox->yratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2))))/((float)(thisbox->items[z].height-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2))));
|
|
|
632 }
|
|
|
633 else
|
|
|
634 {
|
|
|
635 if((thisbox->items[z].height-tmp->upy)!=0)
|
|
|
636 tmp->yratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].height * thisbox->yratio)-tmp->upy))/((float)(thisbox->items[z].height-tmp->upy));
|
|
|
637 }
|
|
|
638
|
|
|
639 nux = *usedx; nuy = *usedy;
|
|
|
640 upx = *usedpadx + (tmp->pad*2); upy = *usedpady + (tmp->pad*2);
|
|
|
641 }
|
|
|
642
|
|
|
643 (*depth)++;
|
|
|
644
|
|
|
645 #ifdef DWDEBUG
|
|
|
646 if(pass > 1)
|
|
|
647 {
|
|
|
648 fprintf(f, "Before Resize Box depth %d\r\nx = %d, y = %d, usedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d xratio = %f, yratio = %f\r\n\r\n",
|
|
|
649 *depth, x, y, *usedx, *usedy, *usedpadx, *usedpady, tmp->xratio, tmp->yratio);
|
|
|
650 reopen();
|
|
|
651 }
|
|
|
652 #endif
|
|
|
653
|
|
|
654 _resize_box(tmp, depth, x, y, &nux, &nuy, pass, &upx, &upy);
|
|
|
655
|
|
|
656 (*depth)--;
|
|
|
657
|
|
|
658 newx = x - nux;
|
|
|
659 newy = y - nuy;
|
|
|
660
|
|
|
661 tmp->minwidth = thisbox->items[z].width = initialx - newx;
|
|
|
662 tmp->minheight = thisbox->items[z].height = initialy - newy;
|
|
|
663
|
|
|
664 #ifdef DWDEBUG
|
|
|
665 if(pass > 1)
|
|
|
666 {
|
|
|
667 fprintf(f, "After Resize Box depth %d\r\nx = %d, y = %d, usedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d width = %d, height = %d\r\n\r\n",
|
|
|
668 *depth, x, y, *usedx, *usedy, *usedpadx, *usedpady, thisbox->items[z].width, thisbox->items[z].height);
|
|
|
669 reopen();
|
|
|
670 }
|
|
|
671 #endif
|
|
|
672 }
|
|
|
673 }
|
|
|
674
|
|
|
675 if(pass > 1 && *depth > 0)
|
|
|
676 {
|
|
|
677 if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
|
|
|
678 thisbox->items[z].xratio = ((float)((thisbox->width * thisbox->parentxratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->parentpad*2))))/((float)(thisbox->minwidth-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->parentpad*2))));
|
|
|
679 else
|
|
|
680 thisbox->items[z].xratio = ((float)((thisbox->width * thisbox->parentxratio)-thisbox->upx))/((float)(thisbox->minwidth-thisbox->upx));
|
|
|
681
|
|
|
682 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
|
|
|
683 thisbox->items[z].yratio = ((float)((thisbox->height * thisbox->parentyratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->parentpad*2))))/((float)(thisbox->minheight-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->parentpad*2))));
|
|
|
684 else
|
|
|
685 thisbox->items[z].yratio = ((float)((thisbox->height * thisbox->parentyratio)-thisbox->upy))/((float)(thisbox->minheight-thisbox->upy));
|
|
|
686 #ifdef DWDEBUG
|
|
|
687 fprintf(f, "RATIO- xratio = %f, yratio = %f, width = %d, height = %d, pad = %d, box xratio = %f, box yratio = %f, parent xratio = %f, parent yratio = %f, minwidth = %d, minheight = %d, width = %d, height = %d, upx = %d, upy = %d\r\n\r\n",
|
|
|
688 thisbox->items[z].xratio, thisbox->items[z].yratio, thisbox->items[z].width, thisbox->items[z].height, thisbox->items[z].pad, thisbox->xratio, thisbox->yratio, thisbox->parentxratio, thisbox->parentyratio, thisbox->minwidth, thisbox->minheight, thisbox->width, thisbox->height, thisbox->upx, thisbox->upy);
|
|
|
689 reopen();
|
|
|
690 #endif
|
|
|
691 }
|
|
|
692 else
|
|
|
693 {
|
|
|
694 thisbox->items[z].xratio = thisbox->xratio;
|
|
|
695 thisbox->items[z].yratio = thisbox->yratio;
|
|
|
696 }
|
|
|
697
|
|
|
698 if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
|
|
|
699 {
|
|
|
700 if((thisbox->items[z].width + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2)) > uxmax)
|
|
|
701 uxmax = (thisbox->items[z].width + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2));
|
|
|
702 if(thisbox->items[z].hsize != SIZEEXPAND)
|
|
|
703 {
|
|
|
704 if(((thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].width) > upxmax)
|
|
|
705 upxmax = (thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].width;
|
|
|
706 }
|
|
|
707 else
|
|
|
708 {
|
|
|
709 if(thisbox->items[z].pad*2 > upxmax)
|
|
|
710 upxmax = thisbox->items[z].pad*2;
|
|
|
711 }
|
|
|
712 }
|
|
|
713 else
|
|
|
714 {
|
|
|
715 if(thisbox->items[z].width == -1)
|
|
|
716 {
|
|
|
717 /* figure out how much space this item requires */
|
|
|
718 /* thisbox->items[z].width = */
|
|
|
719 }
|
|
|
720 else
|
|
|
721 {
|
|
|
722 (*usedx) += thisbox->items[z].width + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2);
|
|
|
723 if(thisbox->items[z].hsize != SIZEEXPAND)
|
|
|
724 (*usedpadx) += (thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].width;
|
|
|
725 else
|
|
|
726 (*usedpadx) += thisbox->items[z].pad*2;
|
|
|
727 }
|
|
|
728 }
|
|
|
729 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
|
|
|
730 {
|
|
|
731 if((thisbox->items[z].height + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2)) > uymax)
|
|
|
732 uymax = (thisbox->items[z].height + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2));
|
|
|
733 if(thisbox->items[z].vsize != SIZEEXPAND)
|
|
|
734 {
|
|
|
735 if(((thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].height) > upymax)
|
|
|
736 upymax = (thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].height;
|
|
|
737 }
|
|
|
738 else
|
|
|
739 {
|
|
|
740 if(thisbox->items[z].pad*2 > upymax)
|
|
|
741 upymax = thisbox->items[z].pad*2;
|
|
|
742 }
|
|
|
743 }
|
|
|
744 else
|
|
|
745 {
|
|
|
746 if(thisbox->items[z].height == -1)
|
|
|
747 {
|
|
|
748 /* figure out how much space this item requires */
|
|
|
749 /* thisbox->items[z].height = */
|
|
|
750 }
|
|
|
751 else
|
|
|
752 {
|
|
|
753 (*usedy) += thisbox->items[z].height + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2);
|
|
|
754 if(thisbox->items[z].vsize != SIZEEXPAND)
|
|
|
755 (*usedpady) += (thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].height;
|
|
|
756 else
|
|
|
757 (*usedpady) += thisbox->items[z].pad*2;
|
|
|
758 }
|
|
|
759 }
|
|
|
760 }
|
|
|
761
|
|
|
762 (*usedx) += uxmax;
|
|
|
763 (*usedy) += uymax;
|
|
|
764 (*usedpadx) += upxmax;
|
|
|
765 (*usedpady) += upymax;
|
|
|
766
|
|
|
767 currentx += thisbox->pad;
|
|
|
768 currenty += thisbox->pad;
|
|
|
769
|
|
|
770 #ifdef DWDEBUG
|
|
|
771 fprintf(f, "Done Calc depth %d\r\nusedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d, currentx = %d, currenty = %d, uxmax = %d, uymax = %d\r\n\r\n",
|
|
|
772 *depth, *usedx, *usedy, *usedpadx, *usedpady, currentx, currenty, uxmax, uymax);
|
|
|
773 reopen();
|
|
|
774 #endif
|
|
|
775
|
|
|
776 /* The second pass is for expansion and actual placement. */
|
|
|
777 if(pass > 1)
|
|
|
778 {
|
|
|
779 /* Any SIZEEXPAND items should be set to uxmax/uymax */
|
|
|
780 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++)
|
|
|
781 {
|
|
|
782 if(thisbox->items[z].hsize == SIZEEXPAND && thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
|
|
|
783 thisbox->items[z].width = uxmax-(thisbox->items[z].pad*2);
|
|
|
784 if(thisbox->items[z].vsize == SIZEEXPAND && thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
|
|
|
785 thisbox->items[z].height = uymax-(thisbox->items[z].pad*2);
|
|
|
786 /* Run this code segment again to finalize the sized after setting uxmax/uymax values. */
|
|
|
787 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
|
|
|
788 {
|
|
|
789 Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
790
|
|
|
791 if(tmp)
|
|
|
792 {
|
|
|
793 if(*depth > 0)
|
|
|
794 {
|
|
|
795 if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
|
|
|
796 {
|
|
|
797 tmp->xratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].width * thisbox->xratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->pad*2))))/((float)(tmp->minwidth-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->pad*2))));
|
|
|
798 tmp->width = thisbox->items[z].width;
|
|
|
799 }
|
|
|
800 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
|
|
|
801 {
|
|
|
802 tmp->yratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].height * thisbox->yratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->pad*2))))/((float)(tmp->minheight-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->pad*2))));
|
|
|
803 tmp->height = thisbox->items[z].height;
|
|
|
804 }
|
|
|
805 }
|
|
|
806
|
|
|
807 (*depth)++;
|
|
|
808
|
|
|
809 /*tmp->xratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].width * thisbox->xratio)-tmp->upx) )/((float)(tmp->minwidth-tmp->upx));
|
|
|
810 tmp->yratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].height * thisbox->yratio)-tmp->upy))/((float)(tmp->minheight-tmp->upy));*/
|
|
|
811
|
|
|
812 #ifdef DWDEBUG
|
|
|
813 fprintf(f, "2- Resize Box depth %d\r\nx = %d, y = %d, usedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d xratio = %f, yratio = %f,\r\nupx = %d, upy = %d, width = %d, height = %d, minwidth = %d, minheight = %d, box xratio = %f, box yratio = %f\r\n\r\n",
|
|
|
814 *depth, x, y, *usedx, *usedy, *usedpadx, *usedpady, tmp->xratio, tmp->yratio, tmp->upx, tmp->upy, thisbox->items[z].width, thisbox->items[z].height, tmp->minwidth, tmp->minheight, thisbox->xratio, thisbox->yratio);
|
|
|
815 reopen();
|
|
|
816 #endif
|
|
|
817
|
|
|
818 _resize_box(tmp, depth, x, y, &nux, &nuy, 3, &nupx, &nupy);
|
|
|
819
|
|
|
820 (*depth)--;
|
|
|
821
|
|
|
822 }
|
|
|
823 }
|
|
|
824 }
|
|
|
825
|
|
|
826 for(z=0;z<(thisbox->count);z++)
|
|
|
827 {
|
|
|
828 int height = thisbox->items[z].height;
|
|
|
829 int width = thisbox->items[z].width;
|
|
|
830 int pad = thisbox->items[z].pad;
|
|
|
831 HWND handle = thisbox->items[z].hwnd;
|
|
|
832
|
|
|
833 /* When upxmax != pad*2 then ratios are incorrect. */
|
|
|
834 vectorx = (int)((width*thisbox->items[z].xratio)-width);
|
|
|
835 vectory = (int)((height*thisbox->items[z].yratio)-height);
|
|
|
836
|
|
|
837 if(width > 0 && height > 0)
|
|
|
838 {
|
|
|
839 char tmpbuf[100];
|
|
|
840 /* This is a hack to fix rounding of the sizing */
|
|
|
841 if(*depth == 0)
|
|
|
842 {
|
|
|
843 vectorx++;
|
|
|
844 vectory++;
|
|
|
845 }
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
847 /* If this item isn't going to expand... reset the vectors to 0 */
|
|
|
848 if(thisbox->items[z].vsize != SIZEEXPAND)
|
|
|
849 vectory = 0;
|
|
|
850 if(thisbox->items[z].hsize != SIZEEXPAND)
|
|
|
851 vectorx = 0;
|
|
|
852
|
|
|
853 WinQueryClassName(handle, 99, tmpbuf);
|
|
|
854
|
|
|
855 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#2", 2)==0)
|
|
|
856 {
|
|
|
857 /* Make the combobox big enough to drop down. :) */
|
|
|
858 WinSetWindowPos(handle, HWND_TOP, currentx + pad, (currenty + pad) - 100,
|
|
|
859 width + vectorx, (height + vectory) + 100, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_ZORDER);
|
|
|
860 }
|
|
|
861 else if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#6", 2)==0)
|
|
|
862 {
|
|
|
863 /* Entryfields on OS/2 have a thick border that isn't on Windows and GTK */
|
|
|
864 WinSetWindowPos(handle, HWND_TOP, (currentx + pad) + 3, (currenty + pad) + 3,
|
|
|
865 (width + vectorx) - 6, (height + vectory) - 6, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_ZORDER);
|
|
|
866 }
|
|
|
867 else
|
|
|
868 {
|
|
|
869 WinSetWindowPos(handle, HWND_TOP, currentx + pad, currenty + pad,
|
|
|
870 width + vectorx, height + vectory, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_ZORDER);
|
|
|
871 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
|
|
|
872 {
|
|
|
873 Box *boxinfo = WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
874
|
|
|
875 if(boxinfo && boxinfo->grouphwnd)
|
|
|
876 WinSetWindowPos(boxinfo->grouphwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0,
|
|
|
877 width + vectorx, height + vectory, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_ZORDER);
|
|
|
878
|
|
|
879 }
|
|
|
880
|
|
|
881 }
|
|
|
882
|
|
|
883 #ifdef DWDEBUG
|
|
|
884 fprintf(f, "Window Pos depth %d\r\ncurrentx = %d, currenty = %d, pad = %d, width = %d, height = %d, vectorx = %d, vectory = %d, Box type = %s\r\n\r\n",
|
|
|
885 *depth, currentx, currenty, pad, width, height, vectorx, vectory,thisbox->type == BOXHORZ ? "Horizontal" : "Vertical");
|
|
|
886 reopen();
|
|
|
887 #endif
|
|
|
888
|
|
|
889 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
|
|
|
890 currentx += width + vectorx + (pad * 2);
|
|
|
891 if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
|
|
|
892 currenty += height + vectory + (pad * 2);
|
|
|
893 }
|
|
|
894 }
|
|
|
895 }
|
|
|
896 return 0;
|
|
|
897 }
|
|
|
898
|
|
|
899 void _do_resize(Box *thisbox, int x, int y)
|
|
|
900 {
|
|
|
901 if(x != 0 && y != 0) {
|
|
|
902 if(thisbox)
|
|
|
903 {
|
|
|
904 int usedx = 0, usedy = 0, usedpadx = 0, usedpady = 0, depth = 0;
|
|
|
905
|
|
|
906 _resize_box(thisbox, &depth, x, y, &usedx, &usedy, 1, &usedpadx, &usedpady);
|
|
|
907
|
|
|
908 if(usedx-usedpadx == 0 || usedy-usedpady == 0)
|
|
|
909 return;
|
|
|
910
|
|
|
911 thisbox->xratio = ((float)(x-usedpadx))/((float)(usedx-usedpadx));
|
|
|
912 thisbox->yratio = ((float)(y-usedpady))/((float)(usedy-usedpady));
|
|
|
913
|
|
|
914 #ifdef DWDEBUG
|
|
|
915 fprintf(f, "WM_SIZE Resize Box Pass 1\r\nx = %d, y = %d, usedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d xratio = %f, yratio = %f\r\n\r\n",
|
|
|
916 x, y, usedx, usedy, usedpadx, usedpady, thisbox->xratio, thisbox->yratio);
|
|
|
917 reopen();
|
|
|
918 #endif
|
|
|
919
|
|
|
920 usedx = usedy = usedpadx = usedpady = depth = 0;
|
|
|
921
|
|
|
922 _resize_box(thisbox, &depth, x, y, &usedx, &usedy, 2, &usedpadx, &usedpady);
|
|
|
923 #ifdef DWDEBUG
|
|
|
924 fprintf(f, "WM_SIZE Resize Box Pass 2\r\nx = %d, y = %d, usedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d\r\n",
|
|
|
925 x, y, usedx, usedy, usedpadx, usedpady);
|
|
|
926 reopen();
|
|
|
927 #endif
|
|
|
928 }
|
|
|
929 }
|
|
|
930 }
|
|
|
931
|
|
|
932 /* This procedure handles WM_QUERYTRACKINFO requests from the frame */
|
|
|
933 MRESULT EXPENTRY _sizeproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
|
|
|
934 {
|
|
|
935 PFNWP *blah = WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
936
|
|
|
937 switch(msg)
|
|
|
938 {
|
|
|
939 case WM_QUERYTRACKINFO:
|
|
|
940 {
|
|
|
941 if(blah && *blah)
|
|
|
942 {
|
|
|
943 PTRACKINFO ptInfo;
|
|
|
944 int res;
|
|
|
945 PFNWP myfunc = *blah;
|
|
|
946 res = (int)myfunc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
|
|
|
947
|
|
|
948 ptInfo = (PTRACKINFO)(mp2);
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
950 ptInfo->ptlMinTrackSize.y = 8;
|
|
|
951 ptInfo->ptlMinTrackSize.x = 8;
|
|
|
952
|
|
|
953 return (MRESULT)res;
|
|
|
954 }
|
|
|
955 }
|
|
|
956 }
|
|
|
957 if(blah && *blah)
|
|
|
958 {
|
|
|
959 PFNWP myfunc = *blah;
|
|
|
960 return myfunc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
|
|
|
961 }
|
|
|
962
|
|
|
963 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
|
|
|
964 }
|
|
|
965 /* Originally just intended for entryfields, it now serves as a generic
|
|
|
966 * procedure for handling TAB presses to change input focus on controls.
|
|
|
967 */
|
|
|
968 MRESULT EXPENTRY _entryproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
|
|
|
969 {
|
|
|
970 PFNWP *blah = WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
971
|
|
|
972 switch(msg)
|
|
|
973 {
|
|
|
974 case WM_CHAR:
|
|
|
975 if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\t')
|
|
|
976 {
|
|
|
977 _shift_focus(hWnd);
|
|
|
978 return FALSE;
|
|
|
979 }
|
|
|
980 break;
|
|
|
981 }
|
|
|
982 if(blah && *blah)
|
|
|
983 {
|
|
|
984 PFNWP myfunc = *blah;
|
|
|
985 return myfunc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
|
|
|
986 }
|
|
|
987
|
|
|
988 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
|
|
|
989 }
|
|
|
990
|
|
|
991 /* Handle correct painting of a combobox with the WS_CLIPCHILDREN
|
|
|
992 * flag enabled, and also handle TABs to switch input focus.
|
|
|
993 */
|
|
|
994 MRESULT EXPENTRY _comboproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
|
|
|
995 {
|
|
|
996 PFNWP *blah = WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
997
|
|
|
998 switch(msg)
|
|
|
999 {
|
|
|
1000 case WM_CHAR:
|
|
|
1001 if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\t')
|
|
|
1002 {
|
|
|
1003 _shift_focus(hWnd);
|
|
|
1004 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1005 }
|
|
|
1006 break;
|
|
|
1007 case WM_PAINT:
|
|
|
1008 {
|
|
|
1009 HWND parent = WinQueryWindow(hWnd, QW_PARENT);
|
|
|
1010 ULONG bcol, av[32];
|
|
|
1011 HPS hpsPaint;
|
|
|
1012 POINTL ptl; /* Add 6 because it has a thick border like the entryfield */
|
|
|
1013 unsigned long width, height, thumbheight = WinQuerySysValue(HWND_DESKTOP, SV_CYVSCROLLARROW) + 6;
|
|
|
1014
|
|
|
1015 WinQueryPresParam(parent, PP_BACKGROUNDCOLORINDEX, 0, &bcol, sizeof(ULONG), &av, QPF_ID1COLORINDEX | QPF_NOINHERIT);
|
|
|
1016 dw_window_get_pos_size(hWnd, 0, 0, &width, &height);
|
|
|
1017
|
|
|
1018 hpsPaint = WinGetPS(hWnd);
|
|
|
1019 GpiSetColor(hpsPaint, CLR_PALEGRAY);
|
|
|
1020
|
|
|
1021 ptl.x = 0;
|
|
|
1022 ptl.y = 99;
|
|
|
1023 GpiMove(hpsPaint, &ptl);
|
|
|
1024
|
|
|
1025 ptl.x = width;
|
|
|
1026 ptl.y = height - thumbheight;
|
|
|
1027 GpiBox(hpsPaint, DRO_FILL, &ptl, 0, 0);
|
|
|
1028
|
|
|
1029 WinReleasePS(hpsPaint);
|
|
|
1030 }
|
|
|
1031 break;
|
|
|
1032 }
|
|
|
1033 if(blah && *blah)
|
|
|
1034 {
|
|
|
1035 PFNWP myfunc = *blah;
|
|
|
1036 return myfunc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
|
|
|
1037 }
|
|
|
1038
|
|
|
1039 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
|
|
|
1040 }
|
|
|
1041
|
|
|
1042 void _GetPPFont(HWND hwnd, char *buff)
|
|
|
1043 {
|
|
|
1044 ULONG AttrFound;
|
|
|
1045 BYTE AttrValue[128];
|
|
|
1046 ULONG cbRetLen;
|
|
|
1047
|
|
|
1048 cbRetLen = WinQueryPresParam(hwnd,
|
|
|
1049 PP_FONTNAMESIZE,
|
|
|
1050 0,
|
|
|
1051 &AttrFound,
|
|
|
1052 sizeof(AttrValue),
|
|
|
1053 &AttrValue,
|
|
|
1054 QPF_NOINHERIT);
|
|
|
1055
|
|
|
1056 if(PP_FONTNAMESIZE == AttrFound && cbRetLen)
|
|
|
1057 {
|
|
|
1058 memcpy(buff, AttrValue, cbRetLen);
|
|
|
1059 }
|
|
|
1060 }
|
|
|
1061
|
|
|
1062 /* Returns height of specified window. */
|
|
|
1063 int _get_height(HWND handle)
|
|
|
1064 {
|
|
|
1065 unsigned long height;
|
|
|
1066 dw_window_get_pos_size(handle, NULL, NULL, NULL, &height);
|
|
|
1067 return (int)height;
|
|
|
1068 }
|
|
|
1069
|
|
|
1070 /* Find the height of the frame a desktop style window is sitting on */
|
|
|
1071 int _get_frame_height(HWND handle)
|
|
|
1072 {
|
|
|
1073 while(handle)
|
|
|
1074 {
|
|
|
1075 HWND client;
|
|
|
1076 if((client = WinWindowFromID(handle, FID_CLIENT)) != NULLHANDLE)
|
|
|
1077 {
|
|
|
1078 return _get_height(WinQueryWindow(handle, QW_PARENT));
|
|
|
1079 }
|
|
|
1080 handle = WinQueryWindow(handle, QW_PARENT);
|
|
|
1081 }
|
|
|
1082 return dw_screen_height();
|
|
|
1083 }
|
|
|
1084
|
|
|
1085 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS
|
|
|
1086 MRESULT EXPENTRY _run_event(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
|
|
|
1087 {
|
|
|
1088 int result = -1;
|
|
|
1089 SignalHandler *tmp = Root;
|
|
|
1090 ULONG origmsg = msg;
|
|
|
1091
|
|
|
1092 if(msg == WM_BUTTON2DOWN || msg == WM_BUTTON3DOWN)
|
|
|
1093 msg = WM_BUTTON1DOWN;
|
|
|
1094 if(msg == WM_BUTTON2UP || msg == WM_BUTTON3UP)
|
|
|
1095 msg = WM_BUTTON1UP;
|
|
|
1096
|
|
|
1097 /* Find any callbacks for this function */
|
|
|
1098 while(tmp)
|
|
|
1099 {
|
|
|
1100 if(tmp->message == msg || msg == WM_CONTROL)
|
|
|
1101 {
|
|
|
1102 switch(msg)
|
|
|
1103 {
|
|
|
1104 case WM_SIZE:
|
|
|
1105 {
|
|
|
1106 int (*sizefunc)(HWND, int, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
|
|
|
1107
|
|
|
1108 if(hWnd == tmp->window || WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT) == hWnd)
|
|
|
1109 {
|
|
|
1110 result = sizefunc(tmp->window, SHORT1FROMMP(mp2), SHORT2FROMMP(mp2), tmp->data);
|
|
|
1111 tmp = NULL;
|
|
|
1112 }
|
|
|
1113 }
|
|
|
1114 break;
|
|
|
1115 case WM_BUTTON1DOWN:
|
|
|
1116 {
|
|
|
1117 POINTS pts = (*((POINTS*)&mp1));
|
|
|
1118 int (*buttonfunc)(HWND, int, int, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
|
|
|
1119
|
|
|
1120 if(hWnd == tmp->window || WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT) == hWnd || WinQueryCapture(HWND_DESKTOP) == tmp->window)
|
|
|
1121 {
|
|
|
1122 int button;
|
|
|
1123
|
|
|
1124 switch(origmsg)
|
|
|
1125 {
|
|
|
1126 case WM_BUTTON1DOWN:
|
|
|
1127 button = 1;
|
|
|
1128 break;
|
|
|
1129 case WM_BUTTON2DOWN:
|
|
|
1130 button = 2;
|
|
|
1131 break;
|
|
|
1132 case WM_BUTTON3DOWN:
|
|
|
1133 button = 3;
|
|
|
1134 break;
|
|
|
1135 }
|
|
|
1136
|
|
|
1137 result = buttonfunc(tmp->window, pts.x, _get_frame_height(tmp->window) - pts.y, button, tmp->data);
|
|
|
1138 tmp = NULL;
|
|
|
1139 }
|
|
|
1140 }
|
|
|
1141 break;
|
|
|
1142 case WM_BUTTON1UP:
|
|
|
1143 {
|
|
|
1144 POINTS pts = (*((POINTS*)&mp1));
|
|
|
1145 int (*buttonfunc)(HWND, int, int, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
|
|
|
1146
|
|
|
1147 if(hWnd == tmp->window || WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT) == hWnd || WinQueryCapture(HWND_DESKTOP) == tmp->window)
|
|
|
1148 {
|
|
|
1149 int button;
|
|
|
1150
|
|
|
1151 switch(origmsg)
|
|
|
1152 {
|
|
|
1153 case WM_BUTTON1UP:
|
|
|
1154 button = 1;
|
|
|
1155 break;
|
|
|
1156 case WM_BUTTON2UP:
|
|
|
1157 button = 2;
|
|
|
1158 break;
|
|
|
1159 case WM_BUTTON3UP:
|
|
|
1160 button = 3;
|
|
|
1161 break;
|
|
|
1162 }
|
|
|
1163
|
|
|
1164 result = buttonfunc(tmp->window, pts.x, WinQueryWindow(tmp->window, QW_PARENT) == HWND_DESKTOP ? dw_screen_height() - pts.y : _get_height(tmp->window) - pts.y, button, tmp->data);
|
|
|
1165 tmp = NULL;
|
|
|
1166 }
|
|
|
1167 }
|
|
|
1168 break;
|
|
|
1169 case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
|
|
|
1170 {
|
|
|
1171 int (*motionfunc)(HWND, int, int, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
|
|
|
1172
|
|
|
1173 if(hWnd == tmp->window || WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT) == hWnd || WinQueryCapture(HWND_DESKTOP) == tmp->window)
|
|
|
1174 {
|
|
|
1175 int keys = 0;
|
|
|
1176 SHORT x = SHORT1FROMMP(mp1), y = SHORT2FROMMP(mp1);
|
|
|
1177
|
|
|
1178 if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP, VK_BUTTON1) & 0x8000)
|
|
|
1179 keys = DW_BUTTON1_MASK;
|
|
|
1180 if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP, VK_BUTTON2) & 0x8000)
|
|
|
1181 keys |= DW_BUTTON2_MASK;
|
|
|
1182 if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP, VK_BUTTON3) & 0x8000)
|
|
|
1183 keys |= DW_BUTTON3_MASK;
|
|
|
1184
|
|
|
1185 result = motionfunc(tmp->window, x, _get_frame_height(tmp->window) - y, keys, tmp->data);
|
|
|
1186 tmp = NULL;
|
|
|
1187 }
|
|
|
1188 }
|
|
|
1189 break;
|
|
|
1190 case WM_CHAR:
|
|
|
1191 {
|
|
|
1192 int (*keypressfunc)(HWND, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
|
|
|
1193
|
|
|
1194 if(hWnd == tmp->window)
|
|
|
1195 {
|
|
|
1196 result = keypressfunc(tmp->window, SHORT1FROMMP(mp2), tmp->data);
|
|
|
1197 tmp = NULL;
|
|
|
1198 }
|
|
|
1199 }
|
|
|
1200 break;
|
|
|
1201 case WM_CLOSE:
|
|
|
1202 {
|
|
|
1203 int (*closefunc)(HWND, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
|
|
|
1204
|
|
|
1205 if(hWnd == tmp->window || hWnd == WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT))
|
|
|
1206 {
|
|
|
1207 result = closefunc(tmp->window, tmp->data);
|
|
|
1208 tmp = NULL;
|
|
|
1209 }
|
|
|
1210 }
|
|
|
1211 break;
|
|
|
1212 case WM_PAINT:
|
|
|
1213 {
|
|
|
1214 HPS hps;
|
|
|
1215 DWExpose exp;
|
|
|
1216 int (*exposefunc)(HWND, DWExpose *, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, DWExpose *, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
|
|
|
1217 RECTL rc;
|
|
|
1218
|
|
|
1219 if(hWnd == tmp->window)
|
|
|
1220 {
|
|
|
1221 int height = _get_height(hWnd);
|
|
|
1222
|
|
|
1223 hps = WinBeginPaint(hWnd, 0L, &rc);
|
|
|
1224 exp.x = rc.xLeft;
|
|
|
1225 exp.y = height - rc.yTop - 1;
|
|
|
1226 exp.width = rc.xRight - rc. xLeft;
|
|
|
1227 exp.height = rc.yTop - rc.yBottom;
|
|
|
1228 result = exposefunc(hWnd, &exp, tmp->data);
|
|
|
1229 WinEndPaint(hps);
|
|
|
1230 }
|
|
|
1231 }
|
|
|
1232 break;
|
|
|
1233 case WM_COMMAND:
|
|
|
1234 {
|
|
|
1235 int (*clickfunc)(HWND, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
|
|
|
1236 ULONG command = COMMANDMSG(&msg)->cmd;
|
|
|
1237
|
|
|
1238 if(tmp->window < 65536 && command == tmp->window)
|
|
|
1239 {
|
|
|
1240 result = clickfunc(tmp->window, tmp->data);
|
|
|
1241 tmp = NULL;
|
|
|
1242 }
|
|
|
1243 }
|
|
|
1244 break;
|
|
|
1245 case WM_CONTROL:
|
|
|
1246 if(tmp->message == SHORT2FROMMP(mp1))
|
|
|
1247 {
|
|
|
1248 switch(SHORT2FROMMP(mp1))
|
|
|
1249 {
|
|
|
1250 case CN_ENTER:
|
|
|
1251 {
|
|
|
1252 int (*containerselectfunc)(HWND, char *, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, char *, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
|
|
|
1253 int id = SHORT1FROMMP(mp1);
|
|
|
1254 HWND conthwnd = dw_window_from_id(hWnd, id);
|
|
|
1255 char *text = NULL;
|
|
|
1256
|
|
|
1257 if(mp2)
|
|
|
1258 {
|
|
|
1259 PRECORDCORE pre;
|
|
|
1260
|
|
|
1261 pre = ((PNOTIFYRECORDENTER)mp2)->pRecord;
|
|
|
1262 if(pre)
|
|
|
1263 text = pre->pszIcon;
|
|
|
1264 }
|
|
|
1265
|
|
|
1266 if(tmp->window == conthwnd)
|
|
|
1267 {
|
|
|
1268 result = containerselectfunc(tmp->window, text, tmp->data);
|
|
|
1269 tmp = NULL;
|
|
|
1270 }
|
|
|
1271 }
|
|
|
1272 break;
|
|
|
1273 case CN_CONTEXTMENU:
|
|
|
1274 {
|
|
|
1275 int (*containercontextfunc)(HWND, char *, int, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, char *, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
|
|
|
1276 int id = SHORT1FROMMP(mp1);
|
|
|
1277 HWND conthwnd = dw_window_from_id(hWnd, id);
|
|
|
1278 char *text = NULL;
|
|
|
1279 LONG x,y;
|
|
|
1280
|
|
|
1281 if(mp2)
|
|
|
1282 {
|
|
|
1283 PRECORDCORE pre;
|
|
|
1284
|
|
|
1285 pre = (PRECORDCORE)mp2;
|
|
|
1286 text = pre->pszIcon;
|
|
|
1287 }
|
|
|
1288
|
|
|
1289
|
|
|
1290 dw_pointer_query_pos(&x, &y);
|
|
|
1291
|
|
|
1292 if(tmp->window == conthwnd)
|
|
|
1293 {
|
|
|
1294 result = containercontextfunc(tmp->window, text, x, y, tmp->data);
|
|
|
1295 tmp = NULL;
|
|
|
1296 }
|
|
|
1297 }
|
|
|
1298 break;
|
|
|
1299 case LN_SELECT:
|
|
|
1300 {
|
|
|
1301 int (*listboxselectfunc)(HWND, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
|
|
|
1302 int id = SHORT1FROMMP(mp1);
|
|
|
1303 HWND conthwnd = dw_window_from_id(hWnd, id);
|
|
|
1304
|
|
|
1305 if(tmp->window == conthwnd || (!id && tmp->window == (HWND)mp2))
|
|
|
1306 {
|
|
|
1307 char buf1[500], classbuf[100];
|
|
|
1308 unsigned int index = dw_listbox_selected(tmp->window);
|
|
|
1309
|
|
|
1310 dw_listbox_query_text(tmp->window, index, buf1, 500);
|
|
|
1311
|
|
|
1312 WinQueryClassName(tmp->window, 99, classbuf);
|
|
|
1313
|
|
|
1314 if(id && strncmp(classbuf, "#6", 2)==0)
|
|
|
1315 {
|
|
|
1316 char *buf2;
|
|
|
1317
|
|
|
1318 buf2 = dw_window_get_text(tmp->window);
|
|
|
1319
|
|
|
1320 /* This is to make sure the listboxselect function doesn't
|
|
|
1321 * get called if the user is modifying the entry text.
|
|
|
1322 */
|
|
|
1323 if(buf2 && *buf2 && *buf1 && strncmp(buf1, buf2, 500) == 0)
|
|
|
1324 result = listboxselectfunc(tmp->window, index, tmp->data);
|
|
|
1325
|
|
|
1326 if(buf2)
|
|
|
1327 free(buf2);
|
|
|
1328 }
|
|
|
1329 else
|
|
|
1330 result = listboxselectfunc(tmp->window, index, tmp->data);
|
|
|
1331
|
|
|
1332 tmp = NULL;
|
|
|
1333 }
|
|
|
1334 }
|
|
|
1335 break;
|
|
|
1336 }
|
|
|
1337 }
|
|
|
1338 break;
|
|
|
1339 }
|
|
|
1340 }
|
|
|
1341 if(tmp)
|
|
|
1342 tmp = tmp->next;
|
|
|
1343
|
|
|
1344 }
|
|
|
1345
|
|
|
1346 return (MRESULT)result;
|
|
|
1347 }
|
|
|
1348 #endif
|
|
|
1349
|
|
|
1350 /* Handles control messages sent to the box (owner). */
|
|
|
1351 MRESULT EXPENTRY _controlproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
|
|
|
1352 {
|
|
|
1353 Box *blah = WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
1354
|
|
|
1355 switch(msg)
|
|
|
1356 {
|
|
|
1357 case WM_CONTROL:
|
|
|
1358 _run_event(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
|
|
|
1359 break;
|
|
|
1360 }
|
|
|
1361 if(blah && blah->oldproc)
|
|
|
1362 {
|
|
|
1363 return blah->oldproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
|
|
|
1364 }
|
|
|
1365
|
|
|
1366 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
|
|
|
1367 }
|
|
|
1368
|
|
|
1369 /* The main window procedure for Dynamic Windows, all the resizing code is done here. */
|
|
|
1370 MRESULT EXPENTRY _wndproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
|
|
|
1371 {
|
|
|
1372 int result = -1;
|
|
|
1373 static int command_active = 0;
|
|
|
1374 void (* windowfunc)(PVOID) = 0L;
|
|
|
1375
|
|
|
1376 if(filterfunc)
|
|
|
1377 result = filterfunc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
|
|
|
1378
|
|
|
1379 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS
|
|
|
1380 if(result == -1 && !command_active)
|
|
|
1381 {
|
|
|
1382 /* Make sure we don't end up in infinite recursion */
|
|
|
1383 command_active = 1;
|
|
|
1384
|
|
|
1385 result = (int)_run_event(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
|
|
|
1386
|
|
|
1387 command_active = 0;
|
|
|
1388 }
|
|
|
1389 #endif
|
|
|
1390
|
|
|
1391 /* Now that any handlers are done... do normal processing */
|
|
|
1392 switch( msg )
|
|
|
1393 {
|
|
|
1394 case WM_ERASEBACKGROUND:
|
|
|
1395 return 0;
|
|
|
1396
|
|
|
1397 case WM_PAINT:
|
|
|
1398 {
|
|
|
1399 HPS hps;
|
|
|
1400 RECTL rc;
|
|
|
1401
|
|
|
1402 hps = WinBeginPaint( hWnd, 0L, &rc );
|
|
|
1403 WinEndPaint( hps );
|
|
|
1404 break;
|
|
|
1405 }
|
|
|
1406
|
|
|
1407 case WM_SIZE:
|
|
|
1408 {
|
|
|
1409 Box *mybox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
1410
|
|
|
1411 if(!SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) && !SHORT2FROMMP(mp2))
|
|
|
1412 return (MPARAM)TRUE;
|
|
|
1413
|
|
|
1414 if(mybox)
|
|
|
1415 {
|
|
|
1416 /* Hide the window when recalculating to reduce
|
|
|
1417 * CPU load.
|
|
|
1418 */
|
|
|
1419 WinShowWindow(hWnd, FALSE);
|
|
|
1420
|
|
|
1421 _do_resize(mybox, SHORT1FROMMP(mp2), SHORT2FROMMP(mp2));
|
|
|
1422
|
|
|
1423 WinShowWindow(hWnd, TRUE);
|
|
|
1424 }
|
|
|
1425 }
|
|
|
1426 break;
|
|
|
1427 case WM_MINMAXFRAME:
|
|
|
1428 {
|
|
|
1429 Box *mybox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
1430 SWP *swp = (SWP *)mp1;
|
|
|
1431
|
|
|
1432 if(mybox && (swp->fl & SWP_MAXIMIZE))
|
|
|
1433 {
|
|
|
1434 int z;
|
|
|
1435
|
|
|
1436 /* Hide the window when recalculating to reduce
|
|
|
1437 * CPU load.
|
|
|
1438 */
|
|
|
1439 WinShowWindow(hWnd, FALSE);
|
|
|
1440
|
|
|
1441 _do_resize(mybox, swp->cx, swp->cy);
|
|
|
1442
|
|
|
1443 if(mybox->count == 1 && mybox->items[0].type == TYPEBOX)
|
|
|
1444 {
|
|
|
1445 mybox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(mybox->items[0].hwnd, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
1446
|
|
|
1447 for(z=0;z<mybox->count;z++)
|
|
|
1448 {
|
|
|
1449 char tmpbuf[100];
|
|
|
1450
|
|
|
1451 WinQueryClassName(mybox->items[z].hwnd, 99, tmpbuf);
|
|
|
1452
|
|
|
1453 /* If we have a notebook we resize the page again. */
|
|
|
1454 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#40", 3)==0)
|
|
|
1455 {
|
|
|
1456 unsigned long x, y, width, height;
|
|
|
1457 int page = dw_notebook_page_query(mybox->items[z].hwnd);
|
|
|
1458 HWND pagehwnd = (HWND)WinSendMsg(mybox->items[z].hwnd, BKM_QUERYPAGEWINDOWHWND, MPFROMLONG(page), 0);
|
|
|
1459 RECTL rc;
|
|
|
1460
|
|
|
1461 Box *pagebox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(pagehwnd, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
1462 if(pagebox)
|
|
|
1463 {
|
|
|
1464 dw_window_get_pos_size(mybox->items[z].hwnd, &x, &y, &width, &height);
|
|
|
1465
|
|
|
1466 rc.xLeft = x;
|
|
|
1467 rc.yBottom = y;
|
|
|
1468 rc.xRight = x + width;
|
|
|
1469 rc.yTop = y + height;
|
|
|
1470
|
|
|
1471 WinSendMsg(mybox->items[z].hwnd, BKM_CALCPAGERECT, (MPARAM)&rc, (MPARAM)TRUE);
|
|
|
1472
|
|
|
1473 _do_resize(pagebox, rc.xRight - rc.xLeft, rc.yTop - rc.yBottom);
|
|
|
1474 }
|
|
|
1475
|
|
|
1476 }
|
|
|
1477 }
|
|
|
1478
|
|
|
1479 }
|
|
|
1480
|
|
|
1481 WinShowWindow(hWnd, TRUE);
|
|
|
1482 }
|
|
|
1483 }
|
|
|
1484 break;
|
|
|
1485 case WM_CLOSE:
|
|
|
1486 dw_window_destroy(WinQueryWindow(hWnd, QW_PARENT));
|
|
|
1487 return (MRESULT)TRUE;
|
|
|
1488 case WM_USER:
|
|
|
1489 windowfunc = (void (*)(void *))mp1;
|
|
|
1490
|
|
|
1491 if(windowfunc)
|
|
|
1492 windowfunc((void *)mp2);
|
|
|
1493 break;
|
|
|
1494 case WM_CHAR:
|
|
|
1495 if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\t')
|
|
|
1496 {
|
|
|
1497 _shift_focus(hWnd);
|
|
|
1498 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1499 }
|
|
|
1500 break;
|
|
|
1501 case WM_DESTROY:
|
|
|
1502 /* Free memory before destroying */
|
|
|
1503 _free_window_memory(hWnd);
|
|
|
1504 break;
|
|
|
1505 }
|
|
|
1506 if(filterfunc && result != -1)
|
|
|
1507 return (MRESULT)result;
|
|
|
1508 else
|
|
|
1509 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
|
|
|
1510 }
|
|
|
1511
|
|
|
1512 void _changebox(Box *thisbox, int percent, int type)
|
|
|
1513 {
|
|
|
1514 int z;
|
|
|
1515
|
|
|
1516 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++)
|
|
|
1517 {
|
|
|
1518 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
|
|
|
1519 {
|
|
|
1520 Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
1521 _changebox(tmp, percent, type);
|
|
|
1522 }
|
|
|
1523 else
|
|
|
1524 {
|
|
|
1525 if(type == BOXHORZ)
|
|
|
1526 {
|
|
|
1527 if(thisbox->items[z].hsize == SIZEEXPAND)
|
|
|
1528 thisbox->items[z].width = (int)(((float)thisbox->items[z].origwidth) * (((float)percent)/((float)100.0)));
|
|
|
1529 }
|
|
|
1530 else
|
|
|
1531 {
|
|
|
1532 if(thisbox->items[z].vsize == SIZEEXPAND)
|
|
|
1533 thisbox->items[z].height = (int)(((float)thisbox->items[z].origheight) * (((float)percent)/((float)100.0)));
|
|
|
1534 }
|
|
|
1535 }
|
|
|
1536 }
|
|
|
1537 }
|
|
|
1538
|
|
|
1539 /* This handles any activity on the splitbars (sizers) */
|
|
|
1540 MRESULT EXPENTRY _splitwndproc(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
|
|
|
1541 {
|
|
|
1542 HWND hwndFrame = 0;
|
|
|
1543 Box *thisbox = 0;
|
|
|
1544
|
|
|
1545 hwndFrame = WinQueryWindow(hwnd, QW_PARENT);
|
|
|
1546 if(hwndFrame)
|
|
|
1547 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(hwndFrame, QWL_USER);
|
|
|
1548
|
|
|
1549 switch (msg)
|
|
|
1550 {
|
|
|
1551 case WM_ACTIVATE:
|
|
|
1552 case WM_SETFOCUS:
|
|
|
1553 return (MRESULT)(FALSE);
|
|
|
1554
|
|
|
1555 case WM_PAINT:
|
|
|
1556 {
|
|
|
1557 HPS hpsPaint;
|
|
|
1558 RECTL rclPaint;
|
|
|
1559 POINTL ptlStart[SPLITBAR_WIDTH];
|
|
|
1560 POINTL ptlEnd[SPLITBAR_WIDTH];
|
|
|
1561 USHORT i;
|
|
|
1562
|
|
|
1563 hpsPaint = WinBeginPaint(hwnd, 0, 0);
|
|
|
1564 WinQueryWindowRect(hwnd, &rclPaint);
|
|
|
1565
|
|
|
1566 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
|
|
|
1567 {
|
|
|
1568 for(i = 0; i < SPLITBAR_WIDTH; i++)
|
|
|
1569 {
|
|
|
1570 ptlStart[i].x = rclPaint.xLeft + i;
|
|
|
1571 ptlStart[i].y = rclPaint.yTop;
|
|
|
1572
|
|
|
1573 ptlEnd[i].x = rclPaint.xLeft + i;
|
|
|
1574 ptlEnd[i].y = rclPaint.yBottom;
|
|
|
1575 }
|
|
|
1576 }
|
|
|
1577 else
|
|
|
1578 {
|
|
|
1579 for(i = 0; i < SPLITBAR_WIDTH; i++)
|
|
|
1580 {
|
|
|
1581 ptlStart[i].x = rclPaint.xLeft;
|
|
|
1582 ptlStart[i].y = rclPaint.yBottom + i;
|
|
|
1583
|
|
|
1584 ptlEnd[i].x = rclPaint.xRight;
|
|
|
1585 ptlEnd[i].y = rclPaint.yBottom + i;
|
|
|
1586 }
|
|
|
1587 }
|
|
|
1588
|
|
|
1589 for(i = 0; i < SPLITBAR_WIDTH; i++)
|
|
|
1590 {
|
|
|
1591 GpiSetColor( hpsPaint, lColor[i]);
|
|
|
1592 GpiMove(hpsPaint, &ptlStart[i]);
|
|
|
1593 GpiLine(hpsPaint, &ptlEnd[i]);
|
|
|
1594 }
|
|
|
1595 WinEndPaint(hpsPaint);
|
|
|
1596 }
|
|
|
1597 return MRFROMSHORT(FALSE);
|
|
|
1598
|
|
|
1599 case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
|
|
|
1600 {
|
|
|
1601 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
|
|
|
1602 WinSetPointer(HWND_DESKTOP,
|
|
|
1603 WinQuerySysPointer(HWND_DESKTOP,
|
|
|
1604 SPTR_SIZEWE,
|
|
|
1605 FALSE));
|
|
|
1606 else
|
|
|
1607 WinSetPointer(HWND_DESKTOP,
|
|
|
1608 WinQuerySysPointer(HWND_DESKTOP,
|
|
|
1609 SPTR_SIZENS,
|
|
|
1610 FALSE));
|
|
|
1611 }
|
|
|
1612 return MRFROMSHORT(FALSE);
|
|
|
1613 case WM_BUTTON1DOWN:
|
|
|
1614 {
|
|
|
1615 APIRET rc;
|
|
|
1616 RECTL rclFrame;
|
|
|
1617 RECTL rclBounds;
|
|
|
1618 RECTL rclStart;
|
|
|
1619 USHORT startSize, orig, actual;
|
|
|
1620
|
|
|
1621 WinQueryWindowRect(hwnd, &rclFrame);
|
|
|
1622 WinQueryWindowRect(hwnd, &rclStart);
|
|
|
1623
|
|
|
1624 WinQueryWindowRect(hwndFrame, &rclBounds);
|
|
|
1625
|
|
|
1626 WinMapWindowPoints(hwndFrame, HWND_DESKTOP,
|
|
|
1627 (PPOINTL)&rclBounds, 2);
|
|
|
1628 WinMapWindowPoints(hwnd, HWND_DESKTOP,
|
|
|
1629 (PPOINTL)&rclStart, 2);
|
|
|
1630
|
|
|
1631 {
|
|
|
1632 int z, pastsplitbar = FALSE, found = FALSE;
|
|
|
1633 orig = actual = 0;
|
|
|
1634
|
|
|
1635 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++)
|
|
|
1636 {
|
|
|
1637 if(thisbox->items[z].hwnd == hwnd)
|
|
|
1638 pastsplitbar = TRUE;
|
|
|
1639 else
|
|
|
1640 {
|
|
|
1641 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
|
|
|
1642 {
|
|
|
1643 int tmpwidth, tmporigwidth;
|
|
|
1644
|
|
|
1645 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
|
|
|
1646 _count_size(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, BOXHORZ, &tmpwidth, &tmporigwidth);
|
|
|
1647 else
|
|
|
1648 {
|
|
|
1649 tmpwidth = thisbox->items[z].width;
|
|
|
1650 tmporigwidth = thisbox->items[z].origwidth;
|
|
|
1651 }
|
|
|
1652
|
|
|
1653 if(thisbox->items[z].hsize != SIZESTATIC && tmpwidth > actual && tmporigwidth)
|
|
|
1654 {
|
|
|
1655 found = pastsplitbar;
|
|
|
1656 orig = tmporigwidth;
|
|
|
1657 actual = tmpwidth;
|
|
|
1658 }
|
|
|
1659 }
|
|
|
1660 else
|
|
|
1661 {
|
|
|
1662 int tmpheight, tmporigheight;
|
|
|
1663
|
|
|
1664 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
|
|
|
1665 _count_size(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, BOXVERT, &tmpheight, &tmporigheight);
|
|
|
1666 else
|
|
|
1667 {
|
|
|
1668 tmpheight = thisbox->items[z].height;
|
|
|
1669 tmporigheight = thisbox->items[z].origheight;
|
|
|
1670 }
|
|
|
1671
|
|
|
1672 if(thisbox->items[z].vsize != SIZESTATIC && tmpheight > actual && tmporigheight)
|
|
|
1673 {
|
|
|
1674 found = pastsplitbar;
|
|
|
1675 orig = tmporigheight;
|
|
|
1676 actual = tmpheight;
|
|
|
1677 }
|
|
|
1678 }
|
|
|
1679 }
|
|
|
1680 }
|
|
|
1681
|
|
|
1682 /* If we couldn't determine a valid scale... then abort */
|
|
|
1683 if(!orig || !actual)
|
|
|
1684 return MRFROMSHORT(FALSE);
|
|
|
1685
|
|
|
1686 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
|
|
|
1687 {
|
|
|
1688 if(found)
|
|
|
1689 startSize = (rclStart.xLeft - rclBounds.xLeft)
|
|
|
1690 * (((float)actual)/((float)orig));
|
|
|
1691 else
|
|
|
1692 startSize = (rclStart.xLeft - rclBounds.xLeft)
|
|
|
1693 * (((float)orig)/((float)actual));
|
|
|
1694 }
|
|
|
1695 else
|
|
|
1696 {
|
|
|
1697 if(found)
|
|
|
1698 startSize = (rclStart.yBottom - rclBounds.yBottom)
|
|
|
1699 * (((float)actual)/((float)orig));
|
|
|
1700 else
|
|
|
1701 startSize = (rclStart.yBottom - rclBounds.yBottom)
|
|
|
1702 * (((float)orig)/((float)actual));
|
|
|
1703 }
|
|
|
1704 }
|
|
|
1705
|
|
|
1706 rc = _TrackRectangle(hwnd, &rclFrame, &rclBounds);
|
|
|
1707
|
|
|
1708 if(rc == TRUE)
|
|
|
1709 {
|
|
|
1710 USHORT usNewRB;
|
|
|
1711 USHORT percent;
|
|
|
1712 int z;
|
|
|
1713
|
|
|
1714 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
|
|
|
1715 {
|
|
|
1716 usNewRB = rclFrame.xLeft
|
|
|
1717 - rclBounds.xLeft;
|
|
|
1718 }
|
|
|
1719 else
|
|
|
1720 {
|
|
|
1721 usNewRB = rclFrame.yBottom
|
|
|
1722 - rclBounds.yBottom;
|
|
|
1723 }
|
|
|
1724
|
|
|
1725 /* We don't want the item to disappear completely */
|
|
|
1726 if(!usNewRB)
|
|
|
1727 usNewRB++;
|
|
|
1728
|
|
|
1729 if(!startSize)
|
|
|
1730 startSize++;
|
|
|
1731
|
|
|
1732 percent = (usNewRB*100)/startSize;
|
|
|
1733
|
|
|
1734 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++)
|
|
|
1735 {
|
|
|
1736 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
|
|
|
1737 {
|
|
|
1738 Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
1739 _changebox(tmp, percent, thisbox->type);
|
|
|
1740 }
|
|
|
1741 else
|
|
|
1742 {
|
|
|
1743 if(thisbox->items[z].hwnd == hwnd)
|
|
|
1744 percent = (startSize*100)/usNewRB;
|
|
|
1745
|
|
|
1746 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
|
|
|
1747 {
|
|
|
1748 if(thisbox->items[z].hsize == SIZEEXPAND)
|
|
|
1749 thisbox->items[z].width = (int)(((float)thisbox->items[z].origwidth) * (((float)percent)/((float)100.0)));
|
|
|
1750 }
|
|
|
1751 else
|
|
|
1752 {
|
|
|
1753 if(thisbox->items[z].vsize == SIZEEXPAND)
|
|
|
1754 thisbox->items[z].height = (int)(((float)thisbox->items[z].origheight) * (((float)percent)/((float)100.0)));
|
|
|
1755 }
|
|
|
1756 }
|
|
|
1757 }
|
|
|
1758
|
|
|
1759 _ResetWindow(WinQueryWindow(hwnd, QW_OWNER));
|
|
|
1760 }
|
|
|
1761 }
|
|
|
1762 return MRFROMSHORT(FALSE);
|
|
|
1763 }
|
|
|
1764 return WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
|
|
|
1765 }
|
|
|
1766
|
|
|
1767 /* Function: BubbleProc
|
|
|
1768 * Abstract: Subclass procedure for bubble help
|
|
|
1769 */
|
|
|
1770 MRESULT EXPENTRY _BubbleProc(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
|
|
|
1771 {
|
|
|
1772 MRESULT res;
|
|
|
1773 PFNWP proc = (PFNWP)WinQueryWindowPtr(hwnd, QWL_USER);
|
|
|
1774
|
|
|
1775 if(proc)
|
|
|
1776 res = proc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
|
|
|
1777 else
|
|
|
1778 res = WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
|
|
|
1779
|
|
|
1780 if(msg == WM_PAINT)
|
|
|
1781 {
|
|
|
1782 POINTL ptl;
|
|
|
1783 HPS hpsTemp;
|
|
|
1784 RECTL rcl;
|
|
|
1785 int height, width;
|
|
|
1786
|
|
|
1787 WinQueryWindowRect(hwnd, &rcl);
|
|
|
1788 height = rcl.yTop - rcl.yBottom - 1;
|
|
|
1789 width = rcl.xRight - rcl.xLeft - 1;
|
|
|
1790
|
|
|
1791 /* Draw a border around the bubble help */
|
|
|
1792 hpsTemp = WinGetPS(hwnd);
|
|
|
1793 GpiSetColor(hpsTemp, DW_CLR_BLACK);
|
|
|
1794 ptl.x = ptl.y = 0;
|
|
|
1795 GpiMove(hpsTemp, &ptl);
|
|
|
1796 ptl.x = 0;
|
|
|
1797 ptl.y = height;
|
|
|
1798 GpiLine(hpsTemp, &ptl);
|
|
|
1799 ptl.x = ptl.y = 0;
|
|
|
1800 GpiMove(hpsTemp, &ptl);
|
|
|
1801 ptl.y = 0;
|
|
|
1802 ptl.x = width;
|
|
|
1803 GpiLine(hpsTemp, &ptl);
|
|
|
1804 ptl.x = width;
|
|
|
1805 ptl.y = height;
|
|
|
1806 GpiMove(hpsTemp, &ptl);
|
|
|
1807 ptl.x = 0;
|
|
|
1808 ptl.y = height;
|
|
|
1809 GpiLine(hpsTemp, &ptl);
|
|
|
1810 ptl.x = width;
|
|
|
1811 ptl.y = height;
|
|
|
1812 GpiMove(hpsTemp, &ptl);
|
|
|
1813 ptl.y = 0;
|
|
|
1814 ptl.x = width;
|
|
|
1815 GpiLine(hpsTemp, &ptl);
|
|
|
1816 WinReleasePS(hpsTemp);
|
|
|
1817 }
|
|
|
1818 return res;
|
|
|
1819 }
|
|
|
1820
|
|
|
1821 /* Function: BtProc
|
|
|
1822 * Abstract: Subclass procedure for buttons
|
|
|
1823 */
|
|
|
1824
|
|
|
1825 MRESULT EXPENTRY _BtProc(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
|
|
|
1826 {
|
|
|
1827 BubbleButton *bubble;
|
|
|
1828
|
|
|
1829 bubble = (BubbleButton *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hwnd, QWL_USER);
|
|
|
1830
|
|
|
1831 if(!bubble)
|
|
|
1832 return WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
|
|
|
1833
|
|
|
1834 switch(msg)
|
|
|
1835 {
|
|
|
1836 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS
|
|
|
1837 case WM_BUTTON1UP:
|
|
|
1838 {
|
|
|
1839 SignalHandler *tmp = Root;
|
|
|
1840
|
|
|
1841 if(WinIsWindowEnabled(hwnd))
|
|
|
1842 {
|
|
|
1843 /* Find any callbacks for this function */
|
|
|
1844 while(tmp)
|
|
|
1845 {
|
|
|
1846 if(tmp->message == WM_COMMAND)
|
|
|
1847 {
|
|
|
1848 /* Make sure it's the right window, and the right ID */
|
|
|
1849 if(tmp->window == hwnd)
|
|
|
1850 {
|
|
|
1851 /* Due to the fact that if we run the function
|
|
|
1852 * here, finishing actions on the button will occur
|
|
|
1853 * after we run the signal handler. So we post the
|
|
|
1854 * message so the button can finish what it needs to
|
|
|
1855 * do before we run our handler.
|
|
|
1856 */
|
|
|
1857 WinPostMsg(hwnd, WM_USER, (MPARAM)tmp, 0);
|
|
|
1858 tmp = NULL;
|
|
|
1859 }
|
|
|
1860 }
|
|
|
1861 if(tmp)
|
|
|
1862 tmp= tmp->next;
|
|
|
1863 }
|
|
|
1864 }
|
|
|
1865 }
|
|
|
1866 break;
|
|
|
1867 case WM_USER:
|
|
|
1868 {
|
|
|
1869 SignalHandler *tmp = (SignalHandler *)mp1;
|
|
|
1870 int (*clickfunc)(HWND, void *) = NULL;
|
|
|
1871
|
|
|
1872 if(tmp)
|
|
|
1873 {
|
|
|
1874 clickfunc = (int (*)(HWND, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
|
|
|
1875
|
|
|
1876 clickfunc(tmp->window, tmp->data);
|
|
|
1877 }
|
|
|
1878 }
|
|
|
1879 break;
|
|
|
1880 #endif
|
|
|
1881 case WM_CHAR:
|
|
|
1882 {
|
|
|
1883 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS
|
|
|
1884 /* A button press should also occur for an ENTER or SPACE press
|
|
|
1885 * while the button has the active input focus.
|
|
|
1886 */
|
|
|
1887 if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\r' || SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == ' ')
|
|
|
1888 {
|
|
|
1889 SignalHandler *tmp = Root;
|
|
|
1890
|
|
|
1891 /* Find any callbacks for this function */
|
|
|
1892 while(tmp)
|
|
|
1893 {
|
|
|
1894 if(tmp->message == WM_COMMAND)
|
|
|
1895 {
|
|
|
1896 /* Make sure it's the right window, and the right ID */
|
|
|
1897 if(tmp->window == hwnd)
|
|
|
1898 {
|
|
|
1899 WinPostMsg(hwnd, WM_USER, (MPARAM)tmp, 0);
|
|
|
1900 tmp = NULL;
|
|
|
1901 }
|
|
|
1902 }
|
|
|
1903 if(tmp)
|
|
|
1904 tmp= tmp->next;
|
|
|
1905 }
|
|
|
1906 }
|
|
|
1907 #endif
|
|
|
1908 if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\t')
|
|
|
1909 {
|
|
|
1910 _shift_focus(hwnd);
|
|
|
1911 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1912 }
|
|
|
1913 }
|
|
|
1914 break;
|
|
|
1915 case 0x041f:
|
|
|
1916 if (hwndBubble)
|
|
|
1917 {
|
|
|
1918 WinDestroyWindow(hwndBubble);
|
|
|
1919 hwndBubble = 0;
|
|
|
1920 }
|
|
|
1921 break;
|
|
|
1922
|
|
|
1923 case 0x041e:
|
|
|
1924
|
|
|
1925 if(!*bubble->bubbletext)
|
|
|
1926 break;
|
|
|
1927
|
|
|
1928
|
|
|
1929 if(hwndBubble)
|
|
|
1930 {
|
|
|
1931 WinDestroyWindow(hwndBubble);
|
|
|
1932 hwndBubble = 0;
|
|
|
1933 }
|
|
|
1934
|
|
|
1935 if(!hwndBubble)
|
|
|
1936 {
|
|
|
1937 HPS hpsTemp = 0;
|
|
|
1938 LONG lHight;
|
|
|
1939 LONG lWidth;
|
|
|
1940 POINTL txtPointl[TXTBOX_COUNT];
|
|
|
1941 POINTL ptlWork = {0,0};
|
|
|
1942 ULONG ulColor = DW_CLR_YELLOW;
|
|
|
1943 void *blah;
|
|
|
1944
|
|
|
1945 hwndBubbleLast = hwnd;
|
|
|
1946 hwndBubble = WinCreateWindow(HWND_DESKTOP,
|
|
|
1947 WC_STATIC,
|
|
|
1948 "",
|
|
|
1949 SS_TEXT |
|
|
|
1950 DT_CENTER |
|
|
|
1951 DT_VCENTER,
|
|
|
1952 0,0,0,0,
|
|
|
1953 HWND_DESKTOP,
|
|
|
1954 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
1955 0,
|
|
|
1956 NULL,
|
|
|
1957 NULL);
|
|
|
1958
|
|
|
1959 WinSetPresParam(hwndBubble,
|
|
|
1960 PP_FONTNAMESIZE,
|
|
|
1961 sizeof(DefaultFont),
|
|
|
1962 DefaultFont);
|
|
|
1963
|
|
|
1964
|
|
|
1965 WinSetPresParam(hwndBubble,
|
|
|
1966 PP_BACKGROUNDCOLORINDEX,
|
|
|
1967 sizeof(ulColor),
|
|
|
1968 &ulColor);
|
|
|
1969
|
|
|
1970 WinSetWindowText(hwndBubble,
|
|
|
1971 bubble->bubbletext);
|
|
|
1972
|
|
|
1973 WinMapWindowPoints(hwnd, HWND_DESKTOP, &ptlWork, 1);
|
|
|
1974
|
|
|
1975 hpsTemp = WinGetPS(hwndBubble);
|
|
|
1976 GpiQueryTextBox(hpsTemp,
|
|
|
1977 strlen(bubble->bubbletext),
|
|
|
1978 bubble->bubbletext,
|
|
|
1979 TXTBOX_COUNT,
|
|
|
1980 txtPointl);
|
|
|
1981 WinReleasePS(hpsTemp);
|
|
|
1982
|
|
|
1983 lWidth = txtPointl[TXTBOX_TOPRIGHT].x -
|
|
|
1984 txtPointl[TXTBOX_TOPLEFT ].x + 8;
|
|
|
1985
|
|
|
1986 lHight = txtPointl[TXTBOX_TOPLEFT].y -
|
|
|
1987 txtPointl[TXTBOX_BOTTOMLEFT].y + 8;
|
|
|
1988
|
|
|
1989 ptlWork.y -= lHight;
|
|
|
1990
|
|
|
1991 blah = (void *)WinSubclassWindow(hwndBubble, _BubbleProc);
|
|
|
1992
|
|
|
1993 if(blah)
|
|
|
1994 WinSetWindowPtr(hwndBubble, QWP_USER, blah);
|
|
|
1995
|
|
|
1996 WinSetWindowPos(hwndBubble,
|
|
|
1997 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
1998 ptlWork.x,
|
|
|
1999 ptlWork.y,
|
|
|
2000 lWidth,
|
|
|
2001 lHight,
|
|
|
2002 SWP_SIZE | SWP_MOVE | SWP_SHOW);
|
|
|
2003 }
|
|
|
2004 break;
|
|
|
2005 }
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007 if(!bubble->pOldProc)
|
|
|
2008 return WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
|
|
|
2009 return bubble->pOldProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
|
|
|
2010 }
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012 MRESULT EXPENTRY _RendProc(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
|
|
|
2013 {
|
|
|
2014 int res = 0;
|
|
|
2015 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS
|
|
|
2016 res = (int)_run_event(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
|
|
|
2017 #endif
|
|
|
2018 switch(msg)
|
|
|
2019 {
|
|
|
2020 case WM_BUTTON1DOWN:
|
|
|
2021 case WM_BUTTON2DOWN:
|
|
|
2022 case WM_BUTTON3DOWN:
|
|
|
2023 if(!res)
|
|
|
2024 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, hwnd);
|
|
|
2025 return (MPARAM)TRUE;
|
|
|
2026 }
|
|
|
2027 return WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
|
|
|
2028 }
|
|
|
2029
|
|
|
2030 /*
|
|
|
2031 * Initializes the Dynamic Windows engine.
|
|
|
2032 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2033 * newthread: True if this is the only thread.
|
|
|
2034 * False if there is already a message loop running.
|
|
|
2035 */
|
|
|
2036 int dw_init(int newthread)
|
|
|
2037 {
|
|
|
2038 APIRET rc;
|
|
|
2039
|
|
|
2040 if(newthread)
|
|
|
2041 {
|
|
|
2042 dwhab = WinInitialize(0);
|
|
|
2043 dwhmq = WinCreateMsgQueue(dwhab, 0);
|
|
|
2044 }
|
|
|
2045
|
|
|
2046 rc = WinRegisterClass(dwhab, ClassName, _wndproc, CS_SIZEREDRAW | CS_CLIPCHILDREN, 32);
|
|
|
2047 rc = WinRegisterClass(dwhab, SplitbarClassName, _splitwndproc, 0L, 32);
|
|
|
2048
|
|
|
2049 #ifdef DWDEBUG
|
|
|
2050 f = fopen("dw.log", "wt");
|
|
|
2051 #endif
|
|
|
2052 return rc;
|
|
|
2053 }
|
|
|
2054
|
|
|
2055 /*
|
|
|
2056 * Runs a message loop for Dynamic Windows.
|
|
|
2057 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2058 * currenthab: The handle to the current anchor block
|
|
|
2059 * or NULL if this DW is handling the message loop.
|
|
|
2060 * func: Function pointer to the message filter function.
|
|
|
2061 */
|
|
|
2062 void dw_main(HAB currenthab, void *func)
|
|
|
2063 {
|
|
|
2064 QMSG qmsg;
|
|
|
2065 HAB habtouse;
|
|
|
2066
|
|
|
2067 if(!currenthab)
|
|
|
2068 habtouse = dwhab;
|
|
|
2069 else
|
|
|
2070 habtouse = currenthab;
|
|
|
2071
|
|
|
2072 /* Setup the filter function */
|
|
|
2073 filterfunc = (int (* EXPENTRY)(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM))func;
|
|
|
2074
|
|
|
2075 _dwtid = dw_thread_id();
|
|
|
2076
|
|
|
2077 while (WinGetMsg(habtouse, &qmsg, 0, 0, 0))
|
|
|
2078 WinDispatchMsg(habtouse, &qmsg);
|
|
|
2079
|
|
|
2080 #ifdef DWDEBUG
|
|
|
2081 fclose(f);
|
|
|
2082 #endif
|
|
|
2083
|
|
|
2084 if(!currenthab)
|
|
|
2085 {
|
|
|
2086 WinDestroyMsgQueue(dwhmq);
|
|
|
2087 WinTerminate(dwhab);
|
|
|
2088 }
|
|
|
2089 }
|
|
|
2090
|
|
|
2091 /*
|
|
|
2092 * Free's memory allocated by dynamic windows.
|
|
|
2093 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2094 * ptr: Pointer to dynamic windows allocated
|
|
|
2095 * memory to be free()'d.
|
|
|
2096 */
|
|
|
2097 void dw_free(void *ptr)
|
|
|
2098 {
|
|
|
2099 free(ptr);
|
|
|
2100 }
|
|
|
2101
|
|
|
2102 /*
|
|
|
2103 * Allocates and initializes a dialog struct.
|
|
|
2104 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2105 * data: User defined data to be passed to functions.
|
|
|
2106 */
|
|
|
2107 DWDialog *dw_dialog_new(void *data)
|
|
|
2108 {
|
|
|
2109 DWDialog *tmp = malloc(sizeof(DWDialog));
|
|
|
2110
|
|
|
2111 tmp->eve = dw_event_new();
|
|
|
2112 dw_event_reset(tmp->eve);
|
|
|
2113 tmp->data = data;
|
|
|
2114 tmp->done = FALSE;
|
|
|
2115 tmp->result = NULL;
|
|
|
2116
|
|
|
2117 return tmp;
|
|
|
2118 }
|
|
|
2119
|
|
|
2120 /*
|
|
|
2121 * Accepts a dialog struct and returns the given data to the
|
|
|
2122 * initial called of dw_dialog_wait().
|
|
|
2123 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2124 * dialog: Pointer to a dialog struct aquired by dw_dialog_new).
|
|
|
2125 * result: Data to be returned by dw_dialog_wait().
|
|
|
2126 */
|
|
|
2127 int dw_dialog_dismiss(DWDialog *dialog, void *result)
|
|
|
2128 {
|
|
|
2129 dialog->result = result;
|
|
|
2130 dw_event_post(dialog->eve);
|
|
|
2131 dialog->done = TRUE;
|
|
|
2132 return 0;
|
|
|
2133 }
|
|
|
2134
|
|
|
2135 /*
|
|
|
2136 * Accepts a dialog struct waits for dw_dialog_dismiss() to be
|
|
|
2137 * called by a signal handler with the given dialog struct.
|
|
|
2138 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2139 * dialog: Pointer to a dialog struct aquired by dw_dialog_new).
|
|
|
2140 */
|
|
|
2141 void *dw_dialog_wait(DWDialog *dialog)
|
|
|
2142 {
|
|
|
2143 QMSG qmsg;
|
|
|
2144 void *tmp;
|
|
|
2145
|
|
|
2146 while (WinGetMsg(dwhab, &qmsg, 0, 0, 0))
|
|
|
2147 {
|
|
|
2148 WinDispatchMsg(dwhab, &qmsg);
|
|
|
2149 if(dialog->done)
|
|
|
2150 break;
|
|
|
2151 }
|
|
|
2152 dw_event_close(&dialog->eve);
|
|
|
2153 tmp = dialog->result;
|
|
|
2154 free(dialog);
|
|
|
2155 return tmp;
|
|
|
2156 }
|
|
|
2157
|
|
|
2158
|
|
|
2159 /*
|
|
|
2160 * Displays a Message Box with given text and title..
|
|
|
2161 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2162 * title: The title of the message box.
|
|
|
2163 * format: printf style format string.
|
|
|
2164 * ...: Additional variables for use in the format.
|
|
|
2165 */
|
|
|
2166 int dw_messagebox(char *title, char *format, ...)
|
|
|
2167 {
|
|
|
2168 va_list args;
|
|
|
2169 char outbuf[1024];
|
|
|
2170
|
|
|
2171 va_start(args, format);
|
|
|
2172 vsprintf(outbuf, format, args);
|
|
|
2173 va_end(args);
|
|
|
2174
|
|
|
2175 WinMessageBox(HWND_DESKTOP, HWND_DESKTOP, outbuf, title, 0, MB_OK | MB_INFORMATION | MB_MOVEABLE);
|
|
|
2176
|
|
|
2177 return strlen(outbuf);
|
|
|
2178 }
|
|
|
2179
|
|
|
2180 /*
|
|
|
2181 * Displays a Message Box with given text and title..
|
|
|
2182 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2183 * title: The title of the message box.
|
|
|
2184 * text: The text to display in the box.
|
|
|
2185 * Returns:
|
|
|
2186 * True if YES False of NO.
|
|
|
2187 */
|
|
|
2188 int dw_yesno(char *title, char *text)
|
|
|
2189 {
|
|
|
2190 if(WinMessageBox(HWND_DESKTOP, HWND_DESKTOP, text, title, 0, MB_YESNO | MB_INFORMATION | MB_MOVEABLE | MB_SYSTEMMODAL)==MBID_YES)
|
|
|
2191 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2192 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2193 }
|
|
|
2194
|
|
|
2195 /*
|
|
|
2196 * Makes the window visible.
|
|
|
2197 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2198 * handle: The window handle to make visible.
|
|
|
2199 */
|
|
|
2200 int dw_window_show(HWND handle)
|
|
|
2201 {
|
|
|
2202 int rc = WinSetWindowPos(handle, NULLHANDLE, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_SHOW);
|
|
|
2203 HSWITCH hswitch;
|
|
|
2204 SWCNTRL swcntrl;
|
|
|
2205
|
|
|
2206 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, handle);
|
|
|
2207 _initial_focus(handle);
|
|
|
2208
|
|
|
2209 /* If this window has a switch list entry make sure it is visible */
|
|
|
2210 hswitch = WinQuerySwitchHandle(handle, 0);
|
|
|
2211 if(hswitch)
|
|
|
2212 {
|
|
|
2213 WinQuerySwitchEntry(hswitch, &swcntrl);
|
|
|
2214 swcntrl.uchVisibility = SWL_VISIBLE;
|
|
|
2215 WinChangeSwitchEntry(hswitch, &swcntrl);
|
|
|
2216 }
|
|
|
2217 return rc;
|
|
|
2218
|
|
|
2219 }
|
|
|
2220
|
|
|
2221 /*
|
|
|
2222 * Makes the window invisible.
|
|
|
2223 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2224 * handle: The window handle to make visible.
|
|
|
2225 */
|
|
|
2226 int dw_window_hide(HWND handle)
|
|
|
2227 {
|
|
|
2228 HSWITCH hswitch;
|
|
|
2229 SWCNTRL swcntrl;
|
|
|
2230
|
|
|
2231 /* If this window has a switch list entry make sure it is invisible */
|
|
|
2232 hswitch = WinQuerySwitchHandle(handle, 0);
|
|
|
2233 if(hswitch)
|
|
|
2234 {
|
|
|
2235 WinQuerySwitchEntry(hswitch, &swcntrl);
|
|
|
2236 swcntrl.uchVisibility = SWL_INVISIBLE;
|
|
|
2237 WinChangeSwitchEntry(hswitch, &swcntrl);
|
|
|
2238 }
|
|
|
2239 return WinShowWindow(handle, FALSE);
|
|
|
2240 }
|
|
|
2241
|
|
|
2242 /*
|
|
|
2243 * Destroys a window and all of it's children.
|
|
|
2244 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2245 * handle: The window handle to destroy.
|
|
|
2246 */
|
|
|
2247 int dw_window_destroy(HWND handle)
|
|
|
2248 {
|
|
|
2249 return WinDestroyWindow(handle);
|
|
|
2250 }
|
|
|
2251
|
|
|
2252 /*
|
|
|
2253 * Changes a window's parent to newparent.
|
|
|
2254 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2255 * handle: The window handle to destroy.
|
|
|
2256 * newparent: The window's new parent window.
|
|
|
2257 */
|
|
|
2258 void dw_window_reparent(HWND handle, HWND newparent)
|
|
|
2259 {
|
|
|
2260 HWND blah = WinWindowFromID(newparent, FID_CLIENT);
|
|
|
2261 WinSetParent(handle, blah ? blah : newparent, TRUE);
|
|
|
2262 }
|
|
|
2263
|
|
|
2264 /*
|
|
|
2265 * Sets the font used by a specified window (widget) handle.
|
|
|
2266 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2267 * handle: The window (widget) handle.
|
|
|
2268 * fontname: Name and size of the font in the form "size.fontname"
|
|
|
2269 */
|
|
|
2270 int dw_window_set_font(HWND handle, char *fontname)
|
|
|
2271 {
|
|
|
2272 return WinSetPresParam(handle, PP_FONTNAMESIZE, strlen(fontname)+1, fontname);
|
|
|
2273 }
|
|
|
2274
|
|
|
2275 /*
|
|
|
2276 * Sets the colors used by a specified window (widget) handle.
|
|
|
2277 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2278 * handle: The window (widget) handle.
|
|
|
2279 * fore: Foreground color in DW_RGB format or a default color index.
|
|
|
2280 * back: Background color in DW_RGB format or a default color index.
|
|
|
2281 */
|
|
|
2282 int dw_window_set_color(HWND handle, ULONG fore, ULONG back)
|
|
|
2283 {
|
|
|
2284 if((fore & DW_RGB_COLOR) == DW_RGB_COLOR)
|
|
|
2285 {
|
|
|
2286 RGB2 rgb2;
|
|
|
2287
|
|
|
2288 rgb2.bBlue = DW_BLUE_VALUE(fore);
|
|
|
2289 rgb2.bGreen = DW_GREEN_VALUE(fore);
|
|
|
2290 rgb2.bRed = DW_RED_VALUE(fore);
|
|
|
2291 rgb2.fcOptions = 0;
|
|
|
2292
|
|
|
2293 WinSetPresParam(handle, PP_FOREGROUNDCOLOR, sizeof(RGB2), &rgb2);
|
|
|
2294
|
|
|
2295 }
|
|
|
2296 if((back & DW_RGB_COLOR) == DW_RGB_COLOR)
|
|
|
2297 {
|
|
|
2298 RGB2 rgb2;
|
|
|
2299
|
|
|
2300 rgb2.bBlue = DW_BLUE_VALUE(back);
|
|
|
2301 rgb2.bGreen = DW_GREEN_VALUE(back);
|
|
|
2302 rgb2.bRed = DW_RED_VALUE(back);
|
|
|
2303 rgb2.fcOptions = 0;
|
|
|
2304
|
|
|
2305 WinSetPresParam(handle, PP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR, sizeof(RGB2), &rgb2);
|
|
|
2306 return 0;
|
|
|
2307 }
|
|
|
2308 if((fore & DW_RGB_COLOR) == DW_RGB_COLOR)
|
|
|
2309 return 0;
|
|
|
2310
|
|
|
2311 /* Slight conversion */
|
|
|
2312 if(fore == DW_CLR_BLACK)
|
|
|
2313 fore = CLR_BLACK;
|
|
|
2314 if(fore == DW_CLR_WHITE)
|
|
|
2315 fore = CLR_WHITE;
|
|
|
2316
|
|
|
2317 if(back == DW_CLR_BLACK)
|
|
|
2318 back = CLR_BLACK;
|
|
|
2319 if(back == DW_CLR_WHITE)
|
|
|
2320 back = CLR_WHITE;
|
|
|
2321
|
|
|
2322 return (WinSetPresParam(handle, PP_FOREGROUNDCOLORINDEX, sizeof(ULONG), &fore) |
|
|
|
2323 WinSetPresParam(handle, PP_BACKGROUNDCOLORINDEX, sizeof(ULONG), &back));
|
|
|
2324 }
|
|
|
2325
|
|
|
2326 /*
|
|
|
2327 * Sets the font used by a specified window (widget) handle.
|
|
|
2328 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2329 * handle: The window (widget) handle.
|
|
|
2330 * border: Size of the window border in pixels.
|
|
|
2331 */
|
|
|
2332 int dw_window_set_border(HWND handle, int border)
|
|
|
2333 {
|
|
|
2334 WinSendMsg(handle, WM_SETBORDERSIZE, MPFROMSHORT(border), MPFROMSHORT(border));
|
|
|
2335 return 0;
|
|
|
2336 }
|
|
|
2337
|
|
|
2338 /*
|
|
|
2339 * Captures the mouse input to this window.
|
|
|
2340 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2341 * handle: Handle to receive mouse input.
|
|
|
2342 */
|
|
|
2343 void dw_window_capture(HWND handle)
|
|
|
2344 {
|
|
|
2345 WinSetCapture(HWND_DESKTOP, handle);
|
|
|
2346 }
|
|
|
2347
|
|
|
2348 /*
|
|
|
2349 * Releases previous mouse capture.
|
|
|
2350 */
|
|
|
2351 void dw_window_release(void)
|
|
|
2352 {
|
|
|
2353 WinSetCapture(HWND_DESKTOP, NULLHANDLE);
|
|
|
2354 }
|
|
|
2355
|
|
|
2356 /*
|
|
|
2357 * Tracks this window movement.
|
|
|
2358 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2359 * handle: Handle to frame to be tracked.
|
|
|
2360 */
|
|
|
2361 void dw_window_track(HWND handle)
|
|
|
2362 {
|
|
|
2363 WinSendMsg(handle, WM_TRACKFRAME, MPFROMSHORT(TF_MOVE), 0);
|
|
|
2364 }
|
|
|
2365
|
|
|
2366 /*
|
|
|
2367 * Create a new Window Frame.
|
|
|
2368 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2369 * owner: The Owner's window handle or HWND_DESKTOP.
|
|
|
2370 * title: The Window title.
|
|
|
2371 * flStyle: Style flags, see the PM reference.
|
|
|
2372 */
|
|
|
2373 HWND dw_window_new(HWND hwndOwner, char *title, ULONG flStyle)
|
|
|
2374 {
|
|
|
2375 HWND hwndclient = 0, hwndframe;
|
|
|
2376 Box *newbox = malloc(sizeof(Box));
|
|
|
2377 PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP));
|
|
|
2378
|
|
|
2379 newbox->pad = 0;
|
|
|
2380 newbox->type = BOXVERT;
|
|
|
2381 newbox->count = 0;
|
|
|
2382
|
|
|
2383 flStyle |= FCF_NOBYTEALIGN;
|
|
|
2384
|
|
|
2385 hwndframe = WinCreateStdWindow(hwndOwner, 0L, &flStyle, ClassName, title, 0L, NULLHANDLE, 0L, &hwndclient);
|
|
|
2386 *blah = WinSubclassWindow(hwndframe, _sizeproc);
|
|
|
2387 WinSetWindowPtr(hwndframe, QWP_USER, blah);
|
|
|
2388 WinSetWindowPtr(hwndclient, QWP_USER, newbox);
|
|
|
2389
|
|
|
2390 return hwndframe;
|
|
|
2391 }
|
|
|
2392
|
|
|
2393 /*
|
|
|
2394 * Create a new Box to be packed.
|
|
|
2395 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2396 * type: Either BOXVERT (vertical) or BOXHORZ (horizontal).
|
|
|
2397 * pad: Number of pixels to pad around the box.
|
|
|
2398 */
|
|
|
2399 HWND dw_box_new(int type, int pad)
|
|
|
2400 {
|
|
|
2401 Box *newbox = malloc(sizeof(Box));
|
|
|
2402 HWND hwndframe;
|
|
|
2403
|
|
|
2404 newbox->pad = pad;
|
|
|
2405 newbox->type = type;
|
|
|
2406 newbox->count = 0;
|
|
|
2407 newbox->grouphwnd = NULLHANDLE;
|
|
|
2408
|
|
|
2409 hwndframe = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
|
|
|
2410 WC_FRAME,
|
|
|
2411 NULL,
|
|
|
2412 WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
|
|
|
2413 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
2414 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
2415 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
2416 0L,
|
|
|
2417 NULL,
|
|
|
2418 NULL);
|
|
|
2419
|
|
|
2420 newbox->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(hwndframe, _controlproc);
|
|
|
2421 WinSetWindowPtr(hwndframe, QWP_USER, newbox);
|
|
|
2422 dw_window_set_color(hwndframe, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
|
|
|
2423 return hwndframe;
|
|
|
2424 }
|
|
|
2425
|
|
|
2426 /*
|
|
|
2427 * Create a new Group Box to be packed.
|
|
|
2428 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2429 * type: Either BOXVERT (vertical) or BOXHORZ (horizontal).
|
|
|
2430 * pad: Number of pixels to pad around the box.
|
|
|
2431 * title: Text to be displayined in the group outline.
|
|
|
2432 */
|
|
|
2433 HWND dw_groupbox_new(int type, int pad, char *title)
|
|
|
2434 {
|
|
|
2435 Box *newbox = malloc(sizeof(Box));
|
|
|
2436 HWND hwndframe;
|
|
|
2437
|
|
|
2438 newbox->pad = pad;
|
|
|
2439 newbox->type = type;
|
|
|
2440 newbox->count = 0;
|
|
|
2441
|
|
|
2442 hwndframe = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
|
|
|
2443 WC_FRAME,
|
|
|
2444 NULL,
|
|
|
2445 WS_VISIBLE,
|
|
|
2446 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
2447 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
2448 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
2449 0L,
|
|
|
2450 NULL,
|
|
|
2451 NULL);
|
|
|
2452
|
|
|
2453 newbox->grouphwnd = WinCreateWindow(hwndframe,
|
|
|
2454 WC_STATIC,
|
|
|
2455 title,
|
|
|
2456 WS_VISIBLE | SS_GROUPBOX |
|
|
|
2457 WS_GROUP,
|
|
|
2458 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
2459 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
2460 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
2461 0L,
|
|
|
2462 NULL,
|
|
|
2463 NULL);
|
|
|
2464
|
|
|
2465 WinSetWindowPtr(hwndframe, QWP_USER, newbox);
|
|
|
2466 dw_window_set_color(hwndframe, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
|
|
|
2467 dw_window_set_color(newbox->grouphwnd, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
|
|
|
2468 dw_window_set_font(newbox->grouphwnd, DefaultFont);
|
|
|
2469 return hwndframe;
|
|
|
2470 }
|
|
|
2471
|
|
|
2472 /*
|
|
|
2473 * Create a bitmap object to be packed.
|
|
|
2474 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2475 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
|
|
|
2476 */
|
|
|
2477 HWND dw_bitmap_new(ULONG id)
|
|
|
2478 {
|
|
|
2479 return WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
|
|
|
2480 WC_STATIC,
|
|
|
2481 NULL,
|
|
|
2482 WS_VISIBLE | SS_TEXT,
|
|
|
2483 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
2484 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
2485 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
2486 id,
|
|
|
2487 NULL,
|
|
|
2488 NULL);
|
|
|
2489 }
|
|
|
2490
|
|
|
2491 /*
|
|
|
2492 * Create a notebook object to be packed.
|
|
|
2493 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2494 * id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the
|
|
|
2495 * resource file.
|
|
|
2496 */
|
|
|
2497 HWND dw_notebook_new(ULONG id, int top)
|
|
|
2498 {
|
|
|
2499 ULONG flags;
|
|
|
2500 HWND tmp;
|
|
|
2501
|
|
|
2502 if(top)
|
|
|
2503 flags = BKS_MAJORTABTOP;
|
|
|
2504 else
|
|
|
2505 flags = BKS_MAJORTABBOTTOM;
|
|
|
2506
|
|
|
2507 tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
|
|
|
2508 WC_NOTEBOOK,
|
|
|
2509 NULL,
|
|
|
2510 WS_VISIBLE |
|
|
|
2511 BKS_TABBEDDIALOG |
|
|
|
2512 flags,
|
|
|
2513 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
2514 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
2515 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
2516 id,
|
|
|
2517 NULL,
|
|
|
2518 NULL);
|
|
|
2519
|
|
|
2520 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
|
|
|
2521 return tmp;
|
|
|
2522 }
|
|
|
2523
|
|
|
2524 /*
|
|
|
2525 * Create a menu object to be popped up.
|
|
|
2526 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2527 * id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the
|
|
|
2528 * resource file.
|
|
|
2529 */
|
|
|
2530 HMENUI dw_menu_new(ULONG id)
|
|
|
2531 {
|
|
|
2532 HMENUI tmp = malloc(sizeof(struct _hmenui));
|
|
|
2533
|
|
|
2534 if(!tmp)
|
|
|
2535 return NULL;
|
|
|
2536
|
|
|
2537 tmp->menu = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
|
|
|
2538 WC_MENU,
|
|
|
2539 NULL,
|
|
|
2540 WS_VISIBLE,
|
|
|
2541 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
2542 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
2543 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
2544 id,
|
|
|
2545 NULL,
|
|
|
2546 NULL);
|
|
|
2547 return tmp;
|
|
|
2548 }
|
|
|
2549
|
|
|
2550 /*
|
|
|
2551 * Create a menubar on a window.
|
|
|
2552 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2553 * location: Handle of a window frame to be attached to.
|
|
|
2554 */
|
|
|
2555 HMENUI dw_menubar_new(HWND location)
|
|
|
2556 {
|
|
|
2557 HMENUI tmp = malloc(sizeof(struct _hmenui));
|
|
|
2558
|
|
|
2559 if(!tmp)
|
|
|
2560 return NULL;
|
|
|
2561
|
|
|
2562 tmp->menu = WinCreateWindow(location,
|
|
|
2563 WC_MENU,
|
|
|
2564 NULL,
|
|
|
2565 WS_VISIBLE | MS_ACTIONBAR,
|
|
|
2566 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
2567 location,
|
|
|
2568 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
2569 FID_MENU,
|
|
|
2570 NULL,
|
|
|
2571 NULL);
|
|
|
2572 return tmp;
|
|
|
2573 }
|
|
|
2574
|
|
|
2575 /*
|
|
|
2576 * Destroys a menu created with dw_menubar_new or dw_menu_new.
|
|
|
2577 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2578 * menu: Handle of a menu.
|
|
|
2579 */
|
|
|
2580 void dw_menu_destroy(HMENUI *menu)
|
|
|
2581 {
|
|
|
2582 if(menu && *menu)
|
|
|
2583 {
|
|
|
2584 WinDestroyWindow((*menu)->menu);
|
|
|
2585 free(*menu);
|
|
|
2586 *menu = NULL;
|
|
|
2587 }
|
|
|
2588 }
|
|
|
2589
|
|
|
2590 /*
|
|
|
2591 * Adds a menuitem or submenu to an existing menu.
|
|
|
2592 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2593 * menu: The handle the the existing menu.
|
|
|
2594 * title: The title text on the menu item to be added.
|
|
|
2595 * id: An ID to be used for message passing.
|
|
|
2596 * flags: Extended attributes to set on the menu.
|
|
|
2597 * end: If TRUE memu is positioned at the end of the menu.
|
|
|
2598 * check: If TRUE menu is "check"able.
|
|
|
2599 * submenu: Handle to an existing menu to be a submenu or NULL.
|
|
|
2600 */
|
|
|
2601 HWND dw_menu_append_item(HMENUI menux, char *title, ULONG id, ULONG flags, int end, int check, HMENUI submenu)
|
|
|
2602 {
|
|
|
2603 MENUITEM miSubMenu;
|
|
|
2604 HWND menu;
|
|
|
2605
|
|
|
2606 if(!menux)
|
|
|
2607 return NULLHANDLE;
|
|
|
2608
|
|
|
2609 menu = menux->menu;
|
|
|
2610
|
|
|
2611 if(end)
|
|
|
2612 miSubMenu.iPosition=MIT_END;
|
|
|
2613 else
|
|
|
2614 miSubMenu.iPosition=0;
|
|
|
2615
|
|
|
2616 if(strlen(title) == 0)
|
|
|
2617 miSubMenu.afStyle=MIS_SEPARATOR | flags;
|
|
|
2618 else
|
|
|
2619 miSubMenu.afStyle=MIS_TEXT | flags;
|
|
|
2620 miSubMenu.afAttribute=0;
|
|
|
2621 miSubMenu.id=id;
|
|
|
2622 miSubMenu.hwndSubMenu = submenu ? submenu->menu : 0;
|
|
|
2623 miSubMenu.hItem=NULLHANDLE;
|
|
|
2624
|
|
|
2625 WinSendMsg(menu,
|
|
|
2626 MM_INSERTITEM,
|
|
|
2627 MPFROMP(&miSubMenu),
|
|
|
2628 MPFROMP(title));
|
|
|
2629 return (HWND)id;
|
|
|
2630 }
|
|
|
2631
|
|
|
2632 /*
|
|
|
2633 * Sets the state of a menu item check.
|
|
|
2634 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2635 * menu: The handle the the existing menu.
|
|
|
2636 * id: Menuitem id.
|
|
|
2637 * check: TRUE for checked FALSE for not checked.
|
|
|
2638 */
|
|
|
2639 void dw_menu_item_set_check(HMENUI menux, int id, int check)
|
|
|
2640 {
|
|
|
2641 HWND menu;
|
|
|
2642
|
|
|
2643 if(!menux)
|
|
|
2644 return;
|
|
|
2645
|
|
|
2646 menu = menux->menu;
|
|
|
2647
|
|
|
2648 if(check)
|
|
|
2649 WinSendMsg(menu, MM_SETITEMATTR, MPFROM2SHORT(id, TRUE),
|
|
|
2650 MPFROM2SHORT(MIA_CHECKED, MIA_CHECKED));
|
|
|
2651 else
|
|
|
2652 WinSendMsg(menu, MM_SETITEMATTR, MPFROM2SHORT(id, TRUE),
|
|
|
2653 MPFROM2SHORT(MIA_CHECKED, 0));
|
|
|
2654 }
|
|
|
2655
|
|
|
2656 /*
|
|
|
2657 * Pops up a context menu at given x and y coordinates.
|
|
|
2658 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2659 * menu: The handle the the existing menu.
|
|
|
2660 * parent: Handle to the window initiating the popup.
|
|
|
2661 * x: X coordinate.
|
|
|
2662 * y: Y coordinate.
|
|
|
2663 */
|
|
|
2664 void dw_menu_popup(HMENUI *menu, HWND parent, int x, int y)
|
|
|
2665 {
|
|
|
2666 if(menu && *menu)
|
|
|
2667 {
|
|
|
2668 WinPopupMenu(HWND_DESKTOP, parent, (*menu)->menu, x, dw_screen_height() - y, 0, PU_KEYBOARD | PU_MOUSEBUTTON1 | PU_VCONSTRAIN | PU_HCONSTRAIN);
|
|
|
2669 free(*menu);
|
|
|
2670 *menu = NULL;
|
|
|
2671 }
|
|
|
2672 }
|
|
|
2673
|
|
|
2674 /*
|
|
|
2675 * Returns the current X and Y coordinates of the mouse pointer.
|
|
|
2676 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2677 * x: Pointer to variable to store X coordinate.
|
|
|
2678 * y: Pointer to variable to store Y coordinate.
|
|
|
2679 */
|
|
|
2680 void dw_pointer_query_pos(long *x, long *y)
|
|
|
2681 {
|
|
|
2682 POINTL ptl;
|
|
|
2683
|
|
|
2684 WinQueryPointerPos(HWND_DESKTOP, &ptl);
|
|
|
2685 if(x && y)
|
|
|
2686 {
|
|
|
2687 *x = ptl.x;
|
|
|
2688 *y = dw_screen_height() - ptl.y;
|
|
|
2689 }
|
|
|
2690 }
|
|
|
2691
|
|
|
2692 /*
|
|
|
2693 * Sets the X and Y coordinates of the mouse pointer.
|
|
|
2694 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2695 * x: X coordinate.
|
|
|
2696 * y: Y coordinate.
|
|
|
2697 */
|
|
|
2698 void dw_pointer_set_pos(long x, long y)
|
|
|
2699 {
|
|
|
2700 WinSetPointerPos(HWND_DESKTOP, x, dw_screen_height() - y);
|
|
|
2701 }
|
|
|
2702
|
|
|
2703 /*
|
|
|
2704 * Create a container object to be packed.
|
|
|
2705 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2706 * id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the
|
|
|
2707 * resource file.
|
|
|
2708 */
|
|
|
2709 HWND dw_container_new(ULONG id)
|
|
|
2710 {
|
|
|
2711 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
|
|
|
2712 WC_CONTAINER,
|
|
|
2713 NULL,
|
|
|
2714 WS_VISIBLE | CCS_READONLY |
|
|
|
2715 CCS_SINGLESEL | CCS_AUTOPOSITION,
|
|
|
2716 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
2717 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
2718 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
2719 id,
|
|
|
2720 NULL,
|
|
|
2721 NULL);
|
|
|
2722 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
|
|
|
2723 return tmp;
|
|
|
2724 }
|
|
|
2725
|
|
|
2726 /*
|
|
|
2727 * Create a new static text window (widget) to be packed.
|
|
|
2728 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2729 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget.
|
|
|
2730 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
|
|
|
2731 */
|
|
|
2732 HWND dw_text_new(char *text, ULONG id)
|
|
|
2733 {
|
|
|
2734 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
|
|
|
2735 WC_STATIC,
|
|
|
2736 text,
|
|
|
2737 WS_VISIBLE | SS_TEXT,
|
|
|
2738 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
2739 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
2740 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
2741 id,
|
|
|
2742 NULL,
|
|
|
2743 NULL);
|
|
|
2744 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
|
|
|
2745 dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
|
|
|
2746 return tmp;
|
|
|
2747 }
|
|
|
2748
|
|
|
2749 /*
|
|
|
2750 * Create a new Multiline Editbox window (widget) to be packed.
|
|
|
2751 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2752 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
|
|
|
2753 */
|
|
|
2754 HWND dw_mle_new(ULONG id)
|
|
|
2755 {
|
|
|
2756 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
|
|
|
2757 WC_MLE,
|
|
|
2758 "",
|
|
|
2759 WS_VISIBLE |
|
|
|
2760 MLS_BORDER | MLS_IGNORETAB |
|
|
|
2761 MLS_READONLY | MLS_VSCROLL,
|
|
|
2762 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
2763 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
2764 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
2765 id,
|
|
|
2766 NULL,
|
|
|
2767 NULL);
|
|
|
2768 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
|
|
|
2769 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
|
|
|
2770 return tmp;
|
|
|
2771 }
|
|
|
2772
|
|
|
2773 /*
|
|
|
2774 * Create a new Entryfield window (widget) to be packed.
|
|
|
2775 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2776 * text: The default text to be in the entryfield widget.
|
|
|
2777 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
|
|
|
2778 */
|
|
|
2779 HWND dw_entryfield_new(char *text, ULONG id)
|
|
|
2780 {
|
|
|
2781 PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP));
|
|
|
2782 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
|
|
|
2783 WC_ENTRYFIELD,
|
|
|
2784 text,
|
|
|
2785 WS_VISIBLE | ES_MARGIN |
|
|
|
2786 ES_AUTOSCROLL | WS_TABSTOP,
|
|
|
2787 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
2788 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
2789 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
2790 id,
|
|
|
2791 NULL,
|
|
|
2792 NULL);
|
|
|
2793 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
|
|
|
2794 *blah = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc);
|
|
|
2795 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah);
|
|
|
2796 return tmp;
|
|
|
2797 }
|
|
|
2798
|
|
|
2799 /*
|
|
|
2800 * Create a new Entryfield (password) window (widget) to be packed.
|
|
|
2801 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2802 * text: The default text to be in the entryfield widget.
|
|
|
2803 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
|
|
|
2804 */
|
|
|
2805 HWND dw_entryfield_password_new(char *text, ULONG id)
|
|
|
2806 {
|
|
|
2807 PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP));
|
|
|
2808 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
|
|
|
2809 WC_ENTRYFIELD,
|
|
|
2810 text,
|
|
|
2811 WS_VISIBLE | ES_MARGIN | ES_UNREADABLE |
|
|
|
2812 ES_AUTOSCROLL | WS_TABSTOP,
|
|
|
2813 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
2814 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
2815 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
2816 id,
|
|
|
2817 NULL,
|
|
|
2818 NULL);
|
|
|
2819 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
|
|
|
2820 *blah = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc);
|
|
|
2821 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah);
|
|
|
2822 return tmp;
|
|
|
2823 }
|
|
|
2824
|
|
|
2825 /*
|
|
|
2826 * Create a new Combobox window (widget) to be packed.
|
|
|
2827 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2828 * text: The default text to be in the combpbox widget.
|
|
|
2829 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
|
|
|
2830 */
|
|
|
2831 HWND dw_combobox_new(char *text, ULONG id)
|
|
|
2832 {
|
|
|
2833 PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP));
|
|
|
2834 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
|
|
|
2835 WC_COMBOBOX,
|
|
|
2836 text,
|
|
|
2837 WS_VISIBLE | CBS_DROPDOWN | WS_GROUP,
|
|
|
2838 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
2839 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
2840 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
2841 id,
|
|
|
2842 NULL,
|
|
|
2843 NULL);
|
|
|
2844 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
|
|
|
2845 dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_WHITE);
|
|
|
2846 *blah = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _comboproc);
|
|
|
2847 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah);
|
|
|
2848 return tmp;
|
|
|
2849 }
|
|
|
2850
|
|
|
2851 /*
|
|
|
2852 * Create a new button window (widget) to be packed.
|
|
|
2853 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2854 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget.
|
|
|
2855 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
|
|
|
2856 */
|
|
|
2857 HWND dw_button_new(char *text, ULONG id)
|
|
|
2858 {
|
|
|
2859 BubbleButton *bubble = malloc(sizeof(BubbleButton));
|
|
|
2860
|
|
|
2861 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
|
|
|
2862 WC_BUTTON,
|
|
|
2863 text,
|
|
|
2864 WS_VISIBLE,
|
|
|
2865 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
2866 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
2867 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
2868 id,
|
|
|
2869 NULL,
|
|
|
2870 NULL);
|
|
|
2871
|
|
|
2872 bubble->id = id;
|
|
|
2873 bubble->bubbletext[0] = '\0';
|
|
|
2874 bubble->pOldProc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _BtProc);
|
|
|
2875
|
|
|
2876 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, bubble);
|
|
|
2877 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
|
|
|
2878 return tmp;
|
|
|
2879 }
|
|
|
2880
|
|
|
2881 /* Function: GenResIDStr
|
|
|
2882 ** Abstract: Generate string '#nnnn' for a given ID for using with Button
|
|
|
2883 ** controls
|
|
|
2884 */
|
|
|
2885
|
|
|
2886 void _GenResIDStr(CHAR *buff, ULONG ulID)
|
|
|
2887 {
|
|
|
2888 char *str;
|
|
|
2889 int slen = 0;
|
|
|
2890
|
|
|
2891 *buff++ = '#';
|
|
|
2892
|
|
|
2893 str = buff;
|
|
|
2894
|
|
|
2895 do
|
|
|
2896 {
|
|
|
2897 *str++ = (ulID % 10) + '0';
|
|
|
2898 ulID /= 10;
|
|
|
2899 slen++;
|
|
|
2900 }
|
|
|
2901 while(ulID);
|
|
|
2902
|
|
|
2903 *str-- = 0;
|
|
|
2904
|
|
|
2905 for(; str > buff; str--, buff++)
|
|
|
2906 {
|
|
|
2907 *buff ^= *str;
|
|
|
2908 *str ^= *buff;
|
|
|
2909 *buff ^= *str;
|
|
|
2910 }
|
|
|
2911 }
|
|
|
2912
|
|
|
2913
|
|
|
2914 /*
|
|
|
2915 * Create a new bitmap button window (widget) to be packed.
|
|
|
2916 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2917 * text: Bubble help text to be displayed.
|
|
|
2918 * id: An ID of a bitmap in the resource file.
|
|
|
2919 */
|
|
|
2920 HWND dw_bitmapbutton_new(char *text, ULONG id)
|
|
|
2921 {
|
|
|
2922 char idbuf[256];
|
|
|
2923 HWND tmp;
|
|
|
2924 BubbleButton *bubble = malloc(sizeof(BubbleButton));
|
|
|
2925
|
|
|
2926 _GenResIDStr(idbuf, id);
|
|
|
2927
|
|
|
2928 tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
|
|
|
2929 WC_BUTTON,
|
|
|
2930 idbuf,
|
|
|
2931 WS_VISIBLE | BS_PUSHBUTTON |
|
|
|
2932 BS_BITMAP | BS_AUTOSIZE |
|
|
|
2933 BS_NOPOINTERFOCUS,
|
|
|
2934 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
2935 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
2936 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
2937 id,
|
|
|
2938 NULL,
|
|
|
2939 NULL);
|
|
|
2940
|
|
|
2941 bubble->id = id;
|
|
|
2942 strncpy(bubble->bubbletext, text, BUBBLE_HELP_MAX - 1);
|
|
|
2943 bubble->bubbletext[BUBBLE_HELP_MAX - 1] = '\0';
|
|
|
2944 bubble->pOldProc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _BtProc);
|
|
|
2945
|
|
|
2946 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, bubble);
|
|
|
2947 return tmp;
|
|
|
2948 }
|
|
|
2949
|
|
|
2950 /*
|
|
|
2951 * Create a new spinbutton window (widget) to be packed.
|
|
|
2952 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2953 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget.
|
|
|
2954 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
|
|
|
2955 */
|
|
|
2956 HWND
|
|
|
2957 dw_spinbutton_new(char *text, ULONG id)
|
|
|
2958 {
|
|
|
2959 PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP));
|
|
|
2960 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
|
|
|
2961 WC_SPINBUTTON,
|
|
|
2962 text,
|
|
|
2963 WS_VISIBLE | SPBS_MASTER,
|
|
|
2964 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
2965 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
2966 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
2967 id,
|
|
|
2968 NULL,
|
|
|
2969 NULL);
|
|
|
2970 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
|
|
|
2971 *blah = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc);
|
|
|
2972 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah);
|
|
|
2973 return tmp;
|
|
|
2974 }
|
|
|
2975
|
|
|
2976 /*
|
|
|
2977 * Create a new radiobutton window (widget) to be packed.
|
|
|
2978 * Parameters:
|
|
|
2979 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget.
|
|
|
2980 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
|
|
|
2981 */
|
|
|
2982 HWND dw_radiobutton_new(char *text, ULONG id)
|
|
|
2983 {
|
|
|
2984 PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP));
|
|
|
2985 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
|
|
|
2986 WC_BUTTON,
|
|
|
2987 text,
|
|
|
2988 WS_VISIBLE |
|
|
|
2989 BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON,
|
|
|
2990 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
2991 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
2992 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
2993 id,
|
|
|
2994 NULL,
|
|
|
2995 NULL);
|
|
|
2996 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
|
|
|
2997 dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
|
|
|
2998 *blah = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc);
|
|
|
2999 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah);
|
|
|
3000 return tmp;
|
|
|
3001 }
|
|
|
3002
|
|
|
3003 /*
|
|
|
3004 * Create a new slider window (widget) to be packed.
|
|
|
3005 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3006 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
|
|
|
3007 */
|
|
|
3008 HWND dw_slider_new(ULONG id)
|
|
|
3009 {
|
|
|
3010 return WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
|
|
|
3011 WC_SLIDER,
|
|
|
3012 NULL,
|
|
|
3013 WS_VISIBLE,
|
|
|
3014 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
3015 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
3016 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
3017 id,
|
|
|
3018 NULL,
|
|
|
3019 NULL);
|
|
|
3020 }
|
|
|
3021
|
|
|
3022 /*
|
|
|
3023 * Create a new checkbox window (widget) to be packed.
|
|
|
3024 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3025 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget.
|
|
|
3026 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
|
|
|
3027 */
|
|
|
3028 HWND dw_checkbox_new(char *text, ULONG id)
|
|
|
3029 {
|
|
|
3030 PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP));
|
|
|
3031 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
|
|
|
3032 WC_BUTTON,
|
|
|
3033 text,
|
|
|
3034 WS_VISIBLE | BS_AUTOCHECKBOX,
|
|
|
3035 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
3036 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
3037 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
3038 id,
|
|
|
3039 NULL,
|
|
|
3040 NULL);
|
|
|
3041 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
|
|
|
3042 dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
|
|
|
3043 *blah = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc);
|
|
|
3044 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah);
|
|
|
3045 return tmp;
|
|
|
3046 }
|
|
|
3047
|
|
|
3048 /*
|
|
|
3049 * Create a new listbox window (widget) to be packed.
|
|
|
3050 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3051 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
|
|
|
3052 * multi: Multiple select TRUE or FALSE.
|
|
|
3053 */
|
|
|
3054 HWND dw_listbox_new(ULONG id, int multi)
|
|
|
3055 {
|
|
|
3056 PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP));
|
|
|
3057 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
|
|
|
3058 WC_LISTBOX,
|
|
|
3059 NULL,
|
|
|
3060 WS_VISIBLE | LS_NOADJUSTPOS |
|
|
|
3061 (multi ? LS_MULTIPLESEL : 0),
|
|
|
3062 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
3063 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
3064 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
3065 id,
|
|
|
3066 NULL,
|
|
|
3067 NULL);
|
|
|
3068 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
|
|
|
3069 *blah = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc);
|
|
|
3070 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah);
|
|
|
3071 return tmp;
|
|
|
3072 }
|
|
|
3073
|
|
|
3074 /*
|
|
|
3075 * Sets the icon used for a given window.
|
|
|
3076 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3077 * handle: Handle to the window.
|
|
|
3078 * id: An ID to be used to specify the icon.
|
|
|
3079 */
|
|
|
3080 void dw_window_set_icon(HWND handle, ULONG id)
|
|
|
3081 {
|
|
|
3082 HPOINTER icon;
|
|
|
3083
|
|
|
3084 icon = WinLoadPointer(HWND_DESKTOP,NULLHANDLE,id);
|
|
|
3085 WinSendMsg(handle, WM_SETICON, (MPARAM)icon, 0);
|
|
|
3086 }
|
|
|
3087
|
|
|
3088 /*
|
|
|
3089 * Sets the bitmap used for a given static window.
|
|
|
3090 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3091 * handle: Handle to the window.
|
|
|
3092 * id: An ID to be used to specify the icon.
|
|
|
3093 */
|
|
|
3094 void dw_window_set_bitmap(HWND handle, ULONG id)
|
|
|
3095 {
|
|
|
3096 HBITMAP hbm;
|
|
|
3097 HPS hps = WinGetPS(handle);
|
|
|
3098
|
|
|
3099 hbm = GpiLoadBitmap(hps, NULLHANDLE, id, 0, 0);
|
|
|
3100 WinSetWindowBits(handle,QWL_STYLE,SS_BITMAP,SS_BITMAP | 0x7f);
|
|
|
3101 WinSendMsg( handle, SM_SETHANDLE, MPFROMP(hbm), NULL );
|
|
|
3102 /*WinSetWindowULong( hwndDlg, QWL_USER, (ULONG) hbm );*/
|
|
|
3103 WinReleasePS(hps);
|
|
|
3104 }
|
|
|
3105
|
|
|
3106 /*
|
|
|
3107 * Sets the text used for a given window.
|
|
|
3108 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3109 * handle: Handle to the window.
|
|
|
3110 * text: The text associsated with a given window.
|
|
|
3111 */
|
|
|
3112 void dw_window_set_text(HWND handle, char *text)
|
|
|
3113 {
|
|
|
3114 WinSetWindowText(handle, text);
|
|
|
3115 }
|
|
|
3116
|
|
|
3117 /*
|
|
|
3118 * Gets the text used for a given window.
|
|
|
3119 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3120 * handle: Handle to the window.
|
|
|
3121 * Returns:
|
|
|
3122 * text: The text associsated with a given window.
|
|
|
3123 */
|
|
|
3124 char *dw_window_get_text(HWND handle)
|
|
|
3125 {
|
|
|
3126 char tempbuf[4096] = "";
|
|
|
3127
|
|
|
3128 WinQueryWindowText(handle, 4095, tempbuf);
|
|
|
3129 tempbuf[4095] = 0;
|
|
|
3130
|
|
|
3131 return strdup(tempbuf);
|
|
|
3132 }
|
|
|
3133
|
|
|
3134 /*
|
|
|
3135 * Disables given window (widget).
|
|
|
3136 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3137 * handle: Handle to the window.
|
|
|
3138 */
|
|
|
3139 void dw_window_disable(HWND handle)
|
|
|
3140 {
|
|
|
3141 WinEnableWindow(handle, FALSE);
|
|
|
3142 }
|
|
|
3143
|
|
|
3144 /*
|
|
|
3145 * Enables given window (widget).
|
|
|
3146 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3147 * handle: Handle to the window.
|
|
|
3148 */
|
|
|
3149 void dw_window_enable(HWND handle)
|
|
|
3150 {
|
|
|
3151 WinEnableWindow(handle, TRUE);
|
|
|
3152 }
|
|
|
3153
|
|
|
3154 /*
|
|
|
3155 * Gets the child window handle with specified ID.
|
|
|
3156 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3157 * handle: Handle to the parent window.
|
|
|
3158 * id: Integer ID of the child.
|
|
|
3159 */
|
|
|
3160 HWND dw_window_from_id(HWND handle, int id)
|
|
|
3161 {
|
|
|
3162 HENUM henum;
|
|
|
3163 HWND child;
|
|
|
3164 char tmpbuf[100];
|
|
|
3165
|
|
|
3166 henum = WinBeginEnumWindows(handle);
|
|
|
3167 while((child = WinGetNextWindow(henum)) != NULLHANDLE)
|
|
|
3168 {
|
|
|
3169 int windowid = WinQueryWindowUShort(child, QWS_ID);
|
|
|
3170 HWND found;
|
|
|
3171
|
|
|
3172 WinQueryClassName(child, 99, tmpbuf);
|
|
|
3173
|
|
|
3174 /* If the child is a box (frame) then recurse into it */
|
|
|
3175 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#1", 2)==0)
|
|
|
3176 if((found = dw_window_from_id(child, id)) != NULLHANDLE)
|
|
|
3177 return found;
|
|
|
3178
|
|
|
3179 if(windowid && windowid == id)
|
|
|
3180 {
|
|
|
3181 WinEndEnumWindows(henum);
|
|
|
3182 return child;
|
|
|
3183 }
|
|
|
3184 }
|
|
|
3185 WinEndEnumWindows(henum);
|
|
|
3186 return NULLHANDLE;
|
|
|
3187 }
|
|
|
3188
|
|
|
3189 /*
|
|
|
3190 * Pack windows (widgets) into a box from the end (or bottom).
|
|
|
3191 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3192 * box: Window handle of the box to be packed into.
|
|
|
3193 * item: Window handle of the item to be back.
|
|
|
3194 * width: Width in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined.
|
|
|
3195 * height: Height in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined.
|
|
|
3196 * hsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand horizontally to fill space given.
|
|
|
3197 * vsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand vertically to fill space given.
|
|
|
3198 * pad: Number of pixels of padding around the item.
|
|
|
3199 */
|
|
|
3200 void dw_box_pack_end(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad)
|
|
|
3201 {
|
|
|
3202 Box *thisbox;
|
|
|
3203
|
|
|
3204 if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT))
|
|
|
3205 {
|
|
|
3206 box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT);
|
|
|
3207 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
3208 }
|
|
|
3209 else
|
|
|
3210 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
3211 if(thisbox)
|
|
|
3212 {
|
|
|
3213 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
|
|
|
3214 dw_box_pack_start_stub(box, item, width, height, hsize, vsize, pad);
|
|
|
3215 else
|
|
|
3216 dw_box_pack_end_stub(box, item, width, height, hsize, vsize, pad);
|
|
|
3217 }
|
|
|
3218 }
|
|
|
3219
|
|
|
3220 void dw_box_pack_end_stub(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad)
|
|
|
3221 {
|
|
|
3222 HWND boxowner = NULLHANDLE;
|
|
|
3223 Box *thisbox;
|
|
|
3224
|
|
|
3225 if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT))
|
|
|
3226 {
|
|
|
3227 box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT);
|
|
|
3228 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
3229 hsize = TRUE;
|
|
|
3230 vsize = TRUE;
|
|
|
3231 }
|
|
|
3232 else
|
|
|
3233 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
3234 if(!thisbox)
|
|
|
3235 {
|
|
|
3236 box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT);
|
|
|
3237 if(box)
|
|
|
3238 {
|
|
|
3239 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
3240 hsize = TRUE;
|
|
|
3241 vsize = TRUE;
|
|
|
3242 }
|
|
|
3243 }
|
|
|
3244 if(thisbox)
|
|
|
3245 {
|
|
|
3246 int z;
|
|
|
3247 Item *tmpitem, *thisitem = thisbox->items;
|
|
|
3248 char tmpbuf[100];
|
|
|
3249
|
|
|
3250 tmpitem = malloc(sizeof(Item)*(thisbox->count+1));
|
|
|
3251
|
|
|
3252 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++)
|
|
|
3253 {
|
|
|
3254 tmpitem[z] = thisitem[z];
|
|
|
3255 }
|
|
|
3256
|
|
|
3257 WinQueryClassName(item, 99, tmpbuf);
|
|
|
3258
|
|
|
3259 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#1", 2)==0)
|
|
|
3260 tmpitem[thisbox->count].type = TYPEBOX;
|
|
|
3261 else
|
|
|
3262 tmpitem[thisbox->count].type = TYPEITEM;
|
|
|
3263
|
|
|
3264 tmpitem[thisbox->count].hwnd = item;
|
|
|
3265 tmpitem[thisbox->count].origwidth = tmpitem[thisbox->count].width = width;
|
|
|
3266 tmpitem[thisbox->count].origheight = tmpitem[thisbox->count].height = height;
|
|
|
3267 tmpitem[thisbox->count].pad = pad;
|
|
|
3268 if(hsize)
|
|
|
3269 tmpitem[thisbox->count].hsize = SIZEEXPAND;
|
|
|
3270 else
|
|
|
3271 tmpitem[thisbox->count].hsize = SIZESTATIC;
|
|
|
3272
|
|
|
3273 if(vsize)
|
|
|
3274 tmpitem[thisbox->count].vsize = SIZEEXPAND;
|
|
|
3275 else
|
|
|
3276 tmpitem[thisbox->count].vsize = SIZESTATIC;
|
|
|
3277
|
|
|
3278 thisbox->items = tmpitem;
|
|
|
3279
|
|
|
3280 if(thisbox->count)
|
|
|
3281 free(thisitem);
|
|
|
3282
|
|
|
3283 thisbox->count++;
|
|
|
3284
|
|
|
3285 /* Don't set the ownership if it's an entryfield or combobox */
|
|
|
3286 WinQueryClassName(item, 99, tmpbuf);
|
|
|
3287 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#6", 2)!=0 /*&& strncmp(tmpbuf, "#2", 2)!=0*/)
|
|
|
3288 {
|
|
|
3289 if((boxowner = WinQueryWindow(box, QW_OWNER)) != 0)
|
|
|
3290 WinSetOwner(item, boxowner);
|
|
|
3291 else
|
|
|
3292 WinSetOwner(item, box);
|
|
|
3293 }
|
|
|
3294 WinSetParent(item, box, FALSE);
|
|
|
3295 }
|
|
|
3296 }
|
|
|
3297
|
|
|
3298 /*
|
|
|
3299 * Sets the size of a given window (widget).
|
|
|
3300 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3301 * handle: Window (widget) handle.
|
|
|
3302 * width: New width in pixels.
|
|
|
3303 * height: New height in pixels.
|
|
|
3304 */
|
|
|
3305 void dw_window_set_usize(HWND handle, ULONG width, ULONG height)
|
|
|
3306 {
|
|
|
3307 WinSetWindowPos(handle, NULLHANDLE, 0, 0, width, height, SWP_SHOW | SWP_SIZE);
|
|
|
3308 }
|
|
|
3309
|
|
|
3310 /*
|
|
|
3311 * Returns the width of the screen.
|
|
|
3312 */
|
|
|
3313 int dw_screen_width(void)
|
|
|
3314 {
|
|
|
3315 return WinQuerySysValue(HWND_DESKTOP,SV_CXSCREEN);
|
|
|
3316 }
|
|
|
3317
|
|
|
3318 /*
|
|
|
3319 * Returns the height of the screen.
|
|
|
3320 */
|
|
|
3321 int dw_screen_height(void)
|
|
|
3322 {
|
|
|
3323 return WinQuerySysValue(HWND_DESKTOP,SV_CYSCREEN);
|
|
|
3324 }
|
|
|
3325
|
|
|
3326 /* This should return the current color depth */
|
|
|
3327 unsigned long dw_color_depth(void)
|
|
|
3328 {
|
|
|
3329 HDC hdc = WinOpenWindowDC(HWND_DESKTOP);
|
|
|
3330 long colors;
|
|
|
3331
|
|
|
3332 DevQueryCaps(hdc, CAPS_COLOR_BITCOUNT, 1, &colors);
|
|
|
3333 DevCloseDC(hdc);
|
|
|
3334 return colors;
|
|
|
3335 }
|
|
|
3336
|
|
|
3337
|
|
|
3338 /*
|
|
|
3339 * Sets the position of a given window (widget).
|
|
|
3340 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3341 * handle: Window (widget) handle.
|
|
|
3342 * x: X location from the bottom left.
|
|
|
3343 * y: Y location from the bottom left.
|
|
|
3344 */
|
|
|
3345 void dw_window_set_pos(HWND handle, ULONG x, ULONG y)
|
|
|
3346 {
|
|
|
3347 int myy = _get_frame_height(handle) - (y + _get_height(handle));
|
|
|
3348
|
|
|
3349 WinSetWindowPos(handle, NULLHANDLE, x, myy, 0, 0, SWP_MOVE);
|
|
|
3350 }
|
|
|
3351
|
|
|
3352 /*
|
|
|
3353 * Sets the position and size of a given window (widget).
|
|
|
3354 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3355 * handle: Window (widget) handle.
|
|
|
3356 * x: X location from the bottom left.
|
|
|
3357 * y: Y location from the bottom left.
|
|
|
3358 * width: Width of the widget.
|
|
|
3359 * height: Height of the widget.
|
|
|
3360 */
|
|
|
3361 void dw_window_set_pos_size(HWND handle, ULONG x, ULONG y, ULONG width, ULONG height)
|
|
|
3362 {
|
|
|
3363 int myy = _get_frame_height(handle) - (y + height);
|
|
|
3364
|
|
|
3365 WinSetWindowPos(handle, NULLHANDLE, x, myy, width, height, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_SHOW);
|
|
|
3366 }
|
|
|
3367
|
|
|
3368 /*
|
|
|
3369 * Gets the position and size of a given window (widget).
|
|
|
3370 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3371 * handle: Window (widget) handle.
|
|
|
3372 * x: X location from the bottom left.
|
|
|
3373 * y: Y location from the bottom left.
|
|
|
3374 * width: Width of the widget.
|
|
|
3375 * height: Height of the widget.
|
|
|
3376 */
|
|
|
3377 void dw_window_get_pos_size(HWND handle, ULONG *x, ULONG *y, ULONG *width, ULONG *height)
|
|
|
3378 {
|
|
|
3379 SWP swp;
|
|
|
3380 WinQueryWindowPos(handle, &swp);
|
|
|
3381 if(x)
|
|
|
3382 *x = swp.x;
|
|
|
3383 if(y)
|
|
|
3384 *y = _get_frame_height(handle) - (swp.y + swp.cy);
|
|
|
3385 if(width)
|
|
|
3386 *width = swp.cx;
|
|
|
3387 if(height)
|
|
|
3388 *height = swp.cy;
|
|
|
3389 }
|
|
|
3390
|
|
|
3391 /*
|
|
|
3392 * Sets the style of a given window (widget).
|
|
|
3393 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3394 * handle: Window (widget) handle.
|
|
|
3395 * width: New width in pixels.
|
|
|
3396 * height: New height in pixels.
|
|
|
3397 */
|
|
|
3398 void dw_window_set_style(HWND handle, ULONG style, ULONG mask)
|
|
|
3399 {
|
|
|
3400 WinSetWindowBits(handle, QWL_STYLE, style, mask);
|
|
|
3401 }
|
|
|
3402
|
|
|
3403 /*
|
|
|
3404 * Adds a new page to specified notebook.
|
|
|
3405 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3406 * handle: Window (widget) handle.
|
|
|
3407 * flags: Any additional page creation flags.
|
|
|
3408 * front: If TRUE page is added at the beginning.
|
|
|
3409 */
|
|
|
3410 ULONG dw_notebook_page_new(HWND handle, ULONG flags, int front)
|
|
|
3411 {
|
|
|
3412 if(front)
|
|
|
3413 return (ULONG)WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_INSERTPAGE, 0L,
|
|
|
3414 MPFROM2SHORT((BKA_STATUSTEXTON | BKA_AUTOPAGESIZE | BKA_MAJOR | flags), BKA_FIRST));
|
|
|
3415 return (ULONG)WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_INSERTPAGE, 0L,
|
|
|
3416 MPFROM2SHORT((BKA_STATUSTEXTON | BKA_AUTOPAGESIZE | BKA_MAJOR | flags), BKA_LAST));
|
|
|
3417 }
|
|
|
3418
|
|
|
3419 /*
|
|
|
3420 * Remove a page from a notebook.
|
|
|
3421 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3422 * handle: Handle to the notebook widget.
|
|
|
3423 * pageid: ID of the page to be destroyed.
|
|
|
3424 */
|
|
|
3425 void dw_notebook_page_destroy(HWND handle, unsigned int pageid)
|
|
|
3426 {
|
|
|
3427 WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_DELETEPAGE,
|
|
|
3428 MPFROMLONG(pageid), (MPARAM)BKA_SINGLE);
|
|
|
3429 }
|
|
|
3430
|
|
|
3431 /*
|
|
|
3432 * Queries the currently visible page ID.
|
|
|
3433 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3434 * handle: Handle to the notebook widget.
|
|
|
3435 */
|
|
|
3436 unsigned int dw_notebook_page_query(HWND handle)
|
|
|
3437 {
|
|
|
3438 return (int)WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_QUERYPAGEID,0L, MPFROM2SHORT(BKA_TOP, BKA_MAJOR));
|
|
|
3439 }
|
|
|
3440
|
|
|
3441 /*
|
|
|
3442 * Sets the currently visibale page ID.
|
|
|
3443 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3444 * handle: Handle to the notebook widget.
|
|
|
3445 * pageid: ID of the page to be made visible.
|
|
|
3446 */
|
|
|
3447 void dw_notebook_page_set(HWND handle, unsigned int pageid)
|
|
|
3448 {
|
|
|
3449 WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_TURNTOPAGE, MPFROMLONG(pageid), 0L);
|
|
|
3450 }
|
|
|
3451
|
|
|
3452 /*
|
|
|
3453 * Sets the text on the specified notebook tab.
|
|
|
3454 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3455 * handle: Notebook handle.
|
|
|
3456 * pageid: Page ID of the tab to set.
|
|
|
3457 * text: Pointer to the text to set.
|
|
|
3458 */
|
|
|
3459 void dw_notebook_page_set_text(HWND handle, ULONG pageid, char *text)
|
|
|
3460 {
|
|
|
3461 WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_SETTABTEXT,
|
|
|
3462 MPFROMLONG(pageid), MPFROMP(text));
|
|
|
3463 }
|
|
|
3464
|
|
|
3465 /*
|
|
|
3466 * Sets the text on the specified notebook tab status area.
|
|
|
3467 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3468 * handle: Notebook handle.
|
|
|
3469 * pageid: Page ID of the tab to set.
|
|
|
3470 * text: Pointer to the text to set.
|
|
|
3471 */
|
|
|
3472 void dw_notebook_page_set_status_text(HWND handle, ULONG pageid, char *text)
|
|
|
3473 {
|
|
|
3474 WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_SETSTATUSLINETEXT,
|
|
|
3475 MPFROMLONG(pageid), MPFROMP(text));
|
|
|
3476 }
|
|
|
3477
|
|
|
3478 /*
|
|
|
3479 * Packs the specified box into the notebook page.
|
|
|
3480 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3481 * handle: Handle to the notebook to be packed.
|
|
|
3482 * pageid: Page ID in the notebook which is being packed.
|
|
|
3483 * page: Box handle to be packed.
|
|
|
3484 */
|
|
|
3485 void dw_notebook_pack(HWND handle, ULONG pageid, HWND page)
|
|
|
3486 {
|
|
|
3487 HWND tmpbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 0);
|
|
|
3488
|
|
|
3489 dw_box_pack_start(tmpbox, page, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
3490 WinSubclassWindow(tmpbox, _wndproc);
|
|
|
3491 WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_SETPAGEWINDOWHWND,
|
|
|
3492 MPFROMLONG(pageid), MPFROMHWND(tmpbox));
|
|
|
3493 }
|
|
|
3494
|
|
|
3495 /*
|
|
|
3496 * Appends the specified text to the listbox's (or combobox) entry list.
|
|
|
3497 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3498 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be appended to.
|
|
|
3499 * text: Text to append into listbox.
|
|
|
3500 */
|
|
|
3501 void dw_listbox_append(HWND handle, char *text)
|
|
|
3502 {
|
|
|
3503 WinSendMsg(handle,
|
|
|
3504 LM_INSERTITEM,
|
|
|
3505 MPFROMSHORT(LIT_END),
|
|
|
3506 MPFROMP(text));
|
|
|
3507 }
|
|
|
3508
|
|
|
3509 /*
|
|
|
3510 * Clears the listbox's (or combobox) list of all entries.
|
|
|
3511 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3512 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be cleared.
|
|
|
3513 */
|
|
|
3514 void dw_listbox_clear(HWND handle)
|
|
|
3515 {
|
|
|
3516 WinSendMsg(handle,
|
|
|
3517 LM_DELETEALL, 0L, 0L);
|
|
|
3518 }
|
|
|
3519
|
|
|
3520 /*
|
|
|
3521 * Returns the listbox's item count.
|
|
|
3522 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3523 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be cleared.
|
|
|
3524 */
|
|
|
3525 int dw_listbox_count(HWND handle)
|
|
|
3526 {
|
|
|
3527 return (int)WinSendMsg(handle,
|
|
|
3528 LM_QUERYITEMCOUNT,0L, 0L);
|
|
|
3529 }
|
|
|
3530
|
|
|
3531 /*
|
|
|
3532 * Sets the topmost item in the viewport.
|
|
|
3533 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3534 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be cleared.
|
|
|
3535 * top: Index to the top item.
|
|
|
3536 */
|
|
|
3537 void dw_listbox_set_top(HWND handle, int top)
|
|
|
3538 {
|
|
|
3539 WinSendMsg(handle,
|
|
|
3540 LM_SETTOPINDEX,
|
|
|
3541 MPFROMSHORT(top),
|
|
|
3542 0L);
|
|
|
3543 }
|
|
|
3544
|
|
|
3545 /*
|
|
|
3546 * Copies the given index item's text into buffer.
|
|
|
3547 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3548 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried.
|
|
|
3549 * index: Index into the list to be queried.
|
|
|
3550 * buffer: Buffer where text will be copied.
|
|
|
3551 * length: Length of the buffer (including NULL).
|
|
|
3552 */
|
|
|
3553 void dw_listbox_query_text(HWND handle, unsigned int index, char *buffer, unsigned int length)
|
|
|
3554 {
|
|
|
3555 WinSendMsg(handle, LM_QUERYITEMTEXT, MPFROM2SHORT(index, length), (MPARAM)buffer);
|
|
|
3556 }
|
|
|
3557
|
|
|
3558 /*
|
|
|
3559 * Sets the text of a given listbox entry.
|
|
|
3560 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3561 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried.
|
|
|
3562 * index: Index into the list to be queried.
|
|
|
3563 * buffer: Buffer where text will be copied.
|
|
|
3564 */
|
|
|
3565 void dw_listbox_set_text(HWND handle, unsigned int index, char *buffer)
|
|
|
3566 {
|
|
|
3567 WinSendMsg(handle, LM_SETITEMTEXT, MPFROMSHORT(index), (MPARAM)buffer);
|
|
|
3568 }
|
|
|
3569
|
|
|
3570 /*
|
|
|
3571 * Returns the index to the item in the list currently selected.
|
|
|
3572 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3573 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried.
|
|
|
3574 */
|
|
|
3575 unsigned int dw_listbox_selected(HWND handle)
|
|
|
3576 {
|
|
|
3577 return (unsigned int)WinSendMsg(handle,
|
|
|
3578 LM_QUERYSELECTION,
|
|
|
3579 MPFROMSHORT(LIT_CURSOR),
|
|
|
3580 0);
|
|
|
3581 }
|
|
|
3582
|
|
|
3583 /*
|
|
|
3584 * Returns the index to the current selected item or -1 when done.
|
|
|
3585 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3586 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried.
|
|
|
3587 * where: Either the previous return or -1 to restart.
|
|
|
3588 */
|
|
|
3589 int dw_listbox_selected_multi(HWND handle, int where)
|
|
|
3590 {
|
|
|
3591 int place = where;
|
|
|
3592
|
|
|
3593 if(where == -1)
|
|
|
3594 place = LIT_FIRST;
|
|
|
3595
|
|
|
3596 place = (int)WinSendMsg(handle,
|
|
|
3597 LM_QUERYSELECTION,
|
|
|
3598 MPFROMSHORT(place),0L);
|
|
|
3599 if(place == LIT_NONE)
|
|
|
3600 return -1;
|
|
|
3601 return place;
|
|
|
3602 }
|
|
|
3603
|
|
|
3604 /*
|
|
|
3605 * Sets the selection state of a given index.
|
|
|
3606 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3607 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be set.
|
|
|
3608 * index: Item index.
|
|
|
3609 * state: TRUE if selected FALSE if unselected.
|
|
|
3610 */
|
|
|
3611 void dw_listbox_select(HWND handle, int index, int state)
|
|
|
3612 {
|
|
|
3613 WinSendMsg(handle, LM_SELECTITEM, MPFROMSHORT(index), (MPARAM)state);
|
|
|
3614 _run_event(handle, WM_CONTROL, MPFROM2SHORT(0, LN_SELECT), (MPARAM)handle);
|
|
|
3615 }
|
|
|
3616
|
|
|
3617 /*
|
|
|
3618 * Deletes the item with given index from the list.
|
|
|
3619 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3620 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be set.
|
|
|
3621 * index: Item index.
|
|
|
3622 */
|
|
|
3623 void dw_listbox_delete(HWND handle, int index)
|
|
|
3624 {
|
|
|
3625 WinSendMsg(handle, LM_DELETEITEM, MPFROMSHORT(index), 0);
|
|
|
3626 }
|
|
|
3627
|
|
|
3628 /*
|
|
|
3629 * Adds text to an MLE box and returns the current point.
|
|
|
3630 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3631 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be queried.
|
|
|
3632 * buffer: Text buffer to be imported.
|
|
|
3633 * startpoint: Point to start entering text.
|
|
|
3634 */
|
|
|
3635 unsigned int dw_mle_import(HWND handle, char *buffer, int startpoint)
|
|
|
3636 {
|
|
|
3637 unsigned long point = startpoint;
|
|
|
3638 PBYTE mlebuf;
|
|
|
3639
|
|
|
3640 /* Work around 64K limit */
|
|
|
3641 if(!DosAllocMem((PPVOID) &mlebuf, 65536, PAG_COMMIT | PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE | OBJ_TILE))
|
|
|
3642 {
|
|
|
3643 int amount, len = strlen(buffer), written = 0;
|
|
|
3644
|
|
|
3645 while(written < len)
|
|
|
3646 {
|
|
|
3647 if((len - written) > 65535)
|
|
|
3648 amount = 65535;
|
|
|
3649 else
|
|
|
3650 amount = len - written;
|
|
|
3651
|
|
|
3652 memcpy(mlebuf, &buffer[written], amount);
|
|
|
3653 mlebuf[amount] = '\0';
|
|
|
3654
|
|
|
3655 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SETIMPORTEXPORT, MPFROMP(mlebuf), MPFROMLONG(amount+1));
|
|
|
3656 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_IMPORT, MPFROMP(&point), MPFROMLONG(amount + 1));
|
|
|
3657 dw_mle_delete(handle, point, 1);
|
|
|
3658
|
|
|
3659 written += amount;
|
|
|
3660 }
|
|
|
3661 DosFreeMem(mlebuf);
|
|
|
3662 }
|
|
|
3663 return point - 1;
|
|
|
3664 }
|
|
|
3665
|
|
|
3666 /*
|
|
|
3667 * Grabs text from an MLE box.
|
|
|
3668 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3669 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be queried.
|
|
|
3670 * buffer: Text buffer to be exported.
|
|
|
3671 * startpoint: Point to start grabbing text.
|
|
|
3672 * length: Amount of text to be grabbed.
|
|
|
3673 */
|
|
|
3674 void dw_mle_export(HWND handle, char *buffer, int startpoint, int length)
|
|
|
3675 {
|
|
|
3676 PBYTE mlebuf;
|
|
|
3677
|
|
|
3678 /* Work around 64K limit */
|
|
|
3679 if(!DosAllocMem((PPVOID) &mlebuf, 65535, PAG_COMMIT | PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE | OBJ_TILE))
|
|
|
3680 {
|
|
|
3681 int amount, copied, written = 0;
|
|
|
3682
|
|
|
3683 while(written < length)
|
|
|
3684 {
|
|
|
3685 if((length - written) > 65535)
|
|
|
3686 amount = 65535;
|
|
|
3687 else
|
|
|
3688 amount = length - written;
|
|
|
3689
|
|
|
3690 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SETIMPORTEXPORT, MPFROMP(mlebuf), MPFROMLONG(amount));
|
|
|
3691 copied = (int)WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_EXPORT, MPFROMP(&startpoint), MPFROMLONG(&amount));
|
|
|
3692
|
|
|
3693 if(copied)
|
|
|
3694 {
|
|
|
3695 memcpy(&buffer[written], mlebuf, copied);
|
|
|
3696
|
|
|
3697 written += copied;
|
|
|
3698 }
|
|
|
3699 else
|
|
|
3700 break;
|
|
|
3701 }
|
|
|
3702 DosFreeMem(mlebuf);
|
|
|
3703 }
|
|
|
3704 }
|
|
|
3705
|
|
|
3706 /*
|
|
|
3707 * Obtains information about an MLE box.
|
|
|
3708 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3709 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be queried.
|
|
|
3710 * bytes: A pointer to a variable to return the total bytes.
|
|
|
3711 * lines: A pointer to a variable to return the number of lines.
|
|
|
3712 */
|
|
|
3713 void dw_mle_query(HWND handle, unsigned long *bytes, unsigned long *lines)
|
|
|
3714 {
|
|
|
3715 if(bytes)
|
|
|
3716 *bytes = (unsigned long)WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_QUERYTEXTLENGTH, 0, 0);
|
|
|
3717 if(lines)
|
|
|
3718 *lines = (unsigned long)WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_QUERYLINECOUNT, 0, 0);
|
|
|
3719 }
|
|
|
3720
|
|
|
3721 /*
|
|
|
3722 * Deletes text from an MLE box.
|
|
|
3723 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3724 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be deleted from.
|
|
|
3725 * startpoint: Point to start deleting text.
|
|
|
3726 * length: Amount of text to be deleted.
|
|
|
3727 */
|
|
|
3728 void dw_mle_delete(HWND handle, int startpoint, int length)
|
|
|
3729 {
|
|
|
3730 char *buf = malloc(length+1);
|
|
|
3731 int z, dellen = length;
|
|
|
3732
|
|
|
3733 dw_mle_export(handle, buf, startpoint, length);
|
|
|
3734
|
|
|
3735 for(z=0;z<length-1;z++)
|
|
|
3736 {
|
|
|
3737 if(strncmp(&buf[z], "\r\n", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
3738 dellen--;
|
|
|
3739 }
|
|
|
3740 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_DELETE, MPFROMLONG(startpoint), MPFROMLONG(dellen));
|
|
|
3741 free(buf);
|
|
|
3742 }
|
|
|
3743
|
|
|
3744 /*
|
|
|
3745 * Clears all text from an MLE box.
|
|
|
3746 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3747 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be cleared.
|
|
|
3748 */
|
|
|
3749 void dw_mle_clear(HWND handle)
|
|
|
3750 {
|
|
|
3751 unsigned long bytes;
|
|
|
3752
|
|
|
3753 dw_mle_query(handle, &bytes, NULL);
|
|
|
3754
|
|
|
3755 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_DELETE, MPFROMLONG(0), MPFROMLONG(bytes));
|
|
|
3756 }
|
|
|
3757
|
|
|
3758 /*
|
|
|
3759 * Sets the visible line of an MLE box.
|
|
|
3760 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3761 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be positioned.
|
|
|
3762 * line: Line to be visible.
|
|
|
3763 */
|
|
|
3764 void dw_mle_set_visible(HWND handle, int line)
|
|
|
3765 {
|
|
|
3766 int tmppnt;
|
|
|
3767
|
|
|
3768 if(line > 10)
|
|
|
3769 {
|
|
|
3770 tmppnt = (int)WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_CHARFROMLINE, MPFROMLONG(line - 10), 0);
|
|
|
3771 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SETFIRSTCHAR, MPFROMLONG(tmppnt), 0);
|
|
|
3772 }
|
|
|
3773 }
|
|
|
3774
|
|
|
3775 /*
|
|
|
3776 * Sets the current cursor position of an MLE box.
|
|
|
3777 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3778 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be positioned.
|
|
|
3779 * point: Point to position cursor.
|
|
|
3780 */
|
|
|
3781 void dw_mle_set(HWND handle, int point)
|
|
|
3782 {
|
|
|
3783 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SETSEL, MPFROMLONG(point), MPFROMLONG(point));
|
|
|
3784 }
|
|
|
3785
|
|
|
3786 /*
|
|
|
3787 * Finds text in an MLE box.
|
|
|
3788 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3789 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be cleared.
|
|
|
3790 * text: Text to search for.
|
|
|
3791 * point: Start point of search.
|
|
|
3792 * flags: Search specific flags.
|
|
|
3793 */
|
|
|
3794 int dw_mle_search(HWND handle, char *text, int point, unsigned long flags)
|
|
|
3795 {
|
|
|
3796 MLE_SEARCHDATA msd;
|
|
|
3797
|
|
|
3798 msd.cb = sizeof(msd);
|
|
|
3799 msd.pchFind = text;
|
|
|
3800 msd.pchReplace = NULL;
|
|
|
3801 msd.cchFind = strlen(text);
|
|
|
3802 msd.cchReplace = 0;
|
|
|
3803 msd.iptStart = point;
|
|
|
3804 msd.iptStop = -1;
|
|
|
3805
|
|
|
3806 if(WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SEARCH, MPFROMLONG(MLFSEARCH_SELECTMATCH | flags), (MPARAM)&msd))
|
|
|
3807 return (int)WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_QUERYSEL,(MPARAM)MLFQS_MAXSEL, 0);
|
|
|
3808 return 0;
|
|
|
3809 }
|
|
|
3810
|
|
|
3811 /*
|
|
|
3812 * Stops redrawing of an MLE box.
|
|
|
3813 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3814 * handle: Handle to the MLE to freeze.
|
|
|
3815 */
|
|
|
3816 void dw_mle_freeze(HWND handle)
|
|
|
3817 {
|
|
|
3818 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_DISABLEREFRESH, 0, 0);
|
|
|
3819 }
|
|
|
3820
|
|
|
3821 /*
|
|
|
3822 * Resumes redrawing of an MLE box.
|
|
|
3823 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3824 * handle: Handle to the MLE to thaw.
|
|
|
3825 */
|
|
|
3826 void dw_mle_thaw(HWND handle)
|
|
|
3827 {
|
|
|
3828 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_ENABLEREFRESH, 0, 0);
|
|
|
3829 }
|
|
|
3830
|
|
|
3831 /*
|
|
|
3832 * Returns the range of the slider.
|
|
|
3833 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3834 * handle: Handle to the slider to be queried.
|
|
|
3835 */
|
|
|
3836 unsigned int dw_slider_query_range(HWND handle)
|
|
|
3837 {
|
|
|
3838 return SHORT2FROMMP(WinSendMsg(handle, SLM_QUERYSLIDERINFO, MPFROM2SHORT(SMA_SLIDERARMPOSITION,SMA_RANGEVALUE), 0));
|
|
|
3839 }
|
|
|
3840
|
|
|
3841 /*
|
|
|
3842 * Sets the slider position.
|
|
|
3843 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3844 * handle: Handle to the slider to be set.
|
|
|
3845 * position: Position of the slider withing the range.
|
|
|
3846 */
|
|
|
3847 void dw_slider_set_pos(HWND handle, unsigned int position)
|
|
|
3848 {
|
|
|
3849 WinSendMsg(handle, SLM_SETSLIDERINFO, MPFROM2SHORT(SMA_SLIDERARMPOSITION,SMA_RANGEVALUE), (MPARAM)position);
|
|
|
3850 }
|
|
|
3851
|
|
|
3852 /*
|
|
|
3853 * Sets the spinbutton value.
|
|
|
3854 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3855 * handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be set.
|
|
|
3856 * position: Current value of the spinbutton.
|
|
|
3857 */
|
|
|
3858 void dw_spinbutton_set_pos(HWND handle, long position)
|
|
|
3859 {
|
|
|
3860 WinSendMsg(handle, SPBM_SETCURRENTVALUE, MPFROMLONG((long)position), 0L);
|
|
|
3861 }
|
|
|
3862
|
|
|
3863 /*
|
|
|
3864 * Sets the spinbutton limits.
|
|
|
3865 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3866 * handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be set.
|
|
|
3867 * upper: Upper limit.
|
|
|
3868 * lower: Lower limit.
|
|
|
3869 */
|
|
|
3870 void dw_spinbutton_set_limits(HWND handle, long upper, long lower)
|
|
|
3871 {
|
|
|
3872 WinSendMsg(handle, SPBM_SETLIMITS, MPFROMLONG(upper), MPFROMLONG(lower));
|
|
|
3873 }
|
|
|
3874
|
|
|
3875 /*
|
|
|
3876 * Sets the entryfield character limit.
|
|
|
3877 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3878 * handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be set.
|
|
|
3879 * limit: Number of characters the entryfield will take.
|
|
|
3880 */
|
|
|
3881 void dw_entryfield_set_limit(HWND handle, ULONG limit)
|
|
|
3882 {
|
|
|
3883 WinSendMsg(handle, EM_SETTEXTLIMIT, (MPARAM)limit, (MPARAM)0);
|
|
|
3884 }
|
|
|
3885
|
|
|
3886
|
|
|
3887 /*
|
|
|
3888 * Returns the current value of the spinbutton.
|
|
|
3889 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3890 * handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be queried.
|
|
|
3891 */
|
|
|
3892 long dw_spinbutton_query(HWND handle)
|
|
|
3893 {
|
|
|
3894 long tmpval = 0L;
|
|
|
3895
|
|
|
3896 WinSendMsg(handle, SPBM_QUERYVALUE, (MPARAM)&tmpval,0L);
|
|
|
3897 return tmpval;
|
|
|
3898 }
|
|
|
3899
|
|
|
3900 /*
|
|
|
3901 * Returns the state of the checkbox.
|
|
|
3902 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3903 * handle: Handle to the checkbox to be queried.
|
|
|
3904 */
|
|
|
3905 int dw_checkbox_query(HWND handle)
|
|
|
3906 {
|
|
|
3907 return (int)WinSendMsg(handle,BM_QUERYCHECK,0,0);
|
|
|
3908 }
|
|
|
3909
|
|
|
3910 /*
|
|
|
3911 * Sets the state of the checkbox.
|
|
|
3912 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3913 * handle: Handle to the checkbox to be queried.
|
|
|
3914 * value: TRUE for checked, FALSE for unchecked.
|
|
|
3915 */
|
|
|
3916 void dw_checkbox_set(HWND handle, int value)
|
|
|
3917 {
|
|
|
3918 WinSendMsg(handle,BM_SETCHECK,MPFROMSHORT(value),0);
|
|
|
3919 }
|
|
|
3920
|
|
|
3921 /*
|
|
|
3922 * Sets up the container columns.
|
|
|
3923 * Parameters:
|
|
|
3924 * handle: Handle to the container to be configured.
|
|
|
3925 * flags: An array of unsigned longs with column flags.
|
|
|
3926 * titles: An array of strings with column text titles.
|
|
|
3927 * count: The number of columns (this should match the arrays).
|
|
|
3928 * separator: The column number that contains the main separator.
|
|
|
3929 * (this item may only be used in OS/2)
|
|
|
3930 */
|
|
|
3931 int dw_container_setup(HWND handle, unsigned long *flags, char **titles, int count, int separator)
|
|
|
3932 {
|
|
|
3933 PFIELDINFO details, first, left = NULL;
|
|
|
3934 FIELDINFOINSERT detin;
|
|
|
3935 CNRINFO cnri;
|
|
|
3936 int z;
|
|
|
3937 ULONG size = sizeof(RECORDCORE);
|
|
|
3938 ULONG *offStruct = malloc(count * sizeof(ULONG));
|
|
|
3939 ULONG *tempflags = malloc((count+1) * sizeof(ULONG));
|
|
|
3940 ULONG *oldflags = (ULONG *)WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, 0);
|
|
|
3941
|
|
|
3942 if(!offStruct || !tempflags)
|
|
|
3943 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3944
|
|
|
3945 memcpy(tempflags, flags, count * sizeof(ULONG));
|
|
|
3946 tempflags[count] = 0;
|
|
|
3947
|
|
|
3948 WinSetWindowPtr(handle, 0, tempflags);
|
|
|
3949
|
|
|
3950 if(oldflags)
|
|
|
3951 free(oldflags);
|
|
|
3952
|
|
|
3953 while((first = (PFIELDINFO)WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYDETAILFIELDINFO, 0, MPFROMSHORT(CMA_FIRST))) != NULL)
|
|
|
3954 {
|
|
|
3955 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_REMOVEDETAILFIELDINFO, (MPARAM)&first, MPFROM2SHORT(1, CMA_FREE));
|
|
|
3956 }
|
|
|
3957
|
|
|
3958 /* Figure out the offsets to the items in the struct */
|
|
|
3959 for(z=0;z<count;z++)
|
|
|
3960 {
|
|
|
3961 offStruct[z] = size;
|
|
|
3962 if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON)
|
|
|
3963 size += sizeof(HPOINTER);
|
|
|
3964 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_STRING)
|
|
|
3965 size += sizeof(char *);
|
|
|
3966 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_ULONG)
|
|
|
3967 size += sizeof(ULONG);
|
|
|
3968 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_DATE)
|
|
|
3969 size += sizeof(CDATE);
|
|
|
3970 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_TIME)
|
|
|
3971 size += sizeof(CTIME);
|
|
|
3972 }
|
|
|
3973
|
|
|
3974 first = details = (PFIELDINFO)WinSendMsg(handle, CM_ALLOCDETAILFIELDINFO, MPFROMLONG(count), 0L);
|
|
|
3975
|
|
|
3976 if(!first)
|
|
|
3977 {
|
|
|
3978 free(offStruct);
|
|
|
3979 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3980 }
|
|
|
3981
|
|
|
3982 for(z=0;z<count;z++)
|
|
|
3983 {
|
|
|
3984 if(z==separator-1)
|
|
|
3985 left=details;
|
|
|
3986 details->cb = sizeof(FIELDINFO);
|
|
|
3987 details->flData = flags[z];
|
|
|
3988 details->flTitle = CFA_FITITLEREADONLY;
|
|
|
3989 details->pTitleData = titles[z];
|
|
|
3990 details->offStruct = offStruct[z];
|
|
|
3991 details = details->pNextFieldInfo;
|
|
|
3992 }
|
|
|
3993
|
|
|
3994 detin.cb = sizeof(FIELDINFOINSERT);
|
|
|
3995 detin.fInvalidateFieldInfo = FALSE;
|
|
|
3996 detin.pFieldInfoOrder = (PFIELDINFO) CMA_FIRST;
|
|
|
3997 detin.cFieldInfoInsert = (ULONG)count;
|
|
|
3998
|
|
|
3999 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_INSERTDETAILFIELDINFO, MPFROMP(first), MPFROMP(&detin));
|
|
|
4000
|
|
|
4001 if(count > separator)
|
|
|
4002 {
|
|
|
4003 cnri.cb = sizeof(CNRINFO);
|
|
|
4004 cnri.pFieldInfoLast = left;
|
|
|
4005 cnri.xVertSplitbar = 150;
|
|
|
4006
|
|
|
4007 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_SETCNRINFO, MPFROMP(&cnri), MPFROMLONG(CMA_PFIELDINFOLAST | CMA_XVERTSPLITBAR));
|
|
|
4008 }
|
|
|
4009
|
|
|
4010 free(offStruct);
|
|
|
4011 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4012 }
|
|
|
4013
|
|
|
4014 /*
|
|
|
4015 * Sets up the filesystem columns, note: filesystem always has an icon/filename field.
|
|
|
4016 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4017 * handle: Handle to the container to be configured.
|
|
|
4018 * flags: An array of unsigned longs with column flags.
|
|
|
4019 * titles: An array of strings with column text titles.
|
|
|
4020 * count: The number of columns (this should match the arrays).
|
|
|
4021 */
|
|
|
4022 int dw_filesystem_setup(HWND handle, unsigned long *flags, char **titles, int count)
|
|
|
4023 {
|
|
|
4024 char **newtitles = malloc(sizeof(char *) * (count + 2));
|
|
|
4025 unsigned long *newflags = malloc(sizeof(unsigned long) * (count + 2));
|
|
|
4026
|
|
|
4027 newtitles[0] = "Icon";
|
|
|
4028 newtitles[1] = "Filename";
|
|
|
4029
|
|
|
4030 newflags[0] = DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON | DW_CFA_CENTER | DW_CFA_HORZSEPARATOR | DW_CFA_SEPARATOR;
|
|
|
4031 newflags[1] = DW_CFA_STRING | DW_CFA_LEFT | DW_CFA_HORZSEPARATOR;
|
|
|
4032
|
|
|
4033 memcpy(&newtitles[2], titles, sizeof(char *) * count);
|
|
|
4034 memcpy(&newflags[2], flags, sizeof(unsigned long) * count);
|
|
|
4035
|
|
|
4036 dw_container_setup(handle, newflags, newtitles, count + 2, 2);
|
|
|
4037
|
|
|
4038 free(newtitles);
|
|
|
4039 free(newflags);
|
|
|
4040 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4041 }
|
|
|
4042
|
|
|
4043 /*
|
|
|
4044 * Obtains an icon from a module (or header in GTK).
|
|
|
4045 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4046 * module: Handle to module (DLL) in OS/2 and Windows.
|
|
|
4047 * id: A unsigned long id int the resources on OS/2 and
|
|
|
4048 * Windows, on GTK this is converted to a pointer
|
|
|
4049 * to an embedded XPM.
|
|
|
4050 */
|
|
|
4051 unsigned long dw_icon_load(unsigned long module, unsigned long id)
|
|
|
4052 {
|
|
|
4053 return WinLoadPointer(HWND_DESKTOP,module,id);
|
|
|
4054 }
|
|
|
4055
|
|
|
4056 /*
|
|
|
4057 * Frees a loaded resource in OS/2 and Windows.
|
|
|
4058 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4059 * handle: Handle to icon returned by dw_icon_load().
|
|
|
4060 */
|
|
|
4061 void dw_icon_free(unsigned long handle)
|
|
|
4062 {
|
|
|
4063 WinDestroyPointer(handle);
|
|
|
4064 }
|
|
|
4065
|
|
|
4066 /*
|
|
|
4067 * Allocates memory used to populate a container.
|
|
|
4068 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4069 * handle: Handle to the container window (widget).
|
|
|
4070 * rowcount: The number of items to be populated.
|
|
|
4071 */
|
|
|
4072 void *dw_container_alloc(HWND handle, int rowcount)
|
|
|
4073 {
|
|
|
4074 ULONG *flags = (ULONG *)WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, 0);
|
|
|
4075 int z, size = 0, totalsize, count = 0;
|
|
|
4076 PRECORDCORE temp;
|
|
|
4077 void *blah;
|
|
|
4078
|
|
|
4079 if(!flags)
|
|
|
4080 return NULL;
|
|
|
4081
|
|
|
4082 while(flags[count])
|
|
|
4083 count++;
|
|
|
4084
|
|
|
4085 /* Figure out the offsets to the items in the struct */
|
|
|
4086 for(z=0;z<count;z++)
|
|
|
4087 {
|
|
|
4088 if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON)
|
|
|
4089 size += sizeof(HPOINTER);
|
|
|
4090 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_STRING)
|
|
|
4091 size += sizeof(char *);
|
|
|
4092 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_ULONG)
|
|
|
4093 size += sizeof(ULONG);
|
|
|
4094 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_DATE)
|
|
|
4095 size += sizeof(CDATE);
|
|
|
4096 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_TIME)
|
|
|
4097 size += sizeof(CTIME);
|
|
|
4098 }
|
|
|
4099
|
|
|
4100 totalsize = size + sizeof(RECORDCORE);
|
|
|
4101
|
|
|
4102 blah = (void *)WinSendMsg(handle, CM_ALLOCRECORD, MPFROMLONG(size), MPFROMLONG(rowcount));
|
|
|
4103
|
|
|
4104 if(!blah)
|
|
|
4105 return NULL;
|
|
|
4106
|
|
|
4107 temp = (PRECORDCORE)blah;
|
|
|
4108
|
|
|
4109 for(z=0;z<rowcount;z++)
|
|
|
4110 {
|
|
|
4111 temp->cb = totalsize;
|
|
|
4112 temp = temp->preccNextRecord;
|
|
|
4113 }
|
|
|
4114
|
|
|
4115 return blah;
|
|
|
4116 }
|
|
|
4117
|
|
|
4118 /*
|
|
|
4119 * Sets an item in specified row and column to the given data.
|
|
|
4120 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4121 * handle: Handle to the container window (widget).
|
|
|
4122 * pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc().
|
|
|
4123 * column: Zero based column of data being set.
|
|
|
4124 * row: Zero based row of data being set.
|
|
|
4125 * data: Pointer to the data to be added.
|
|
|
4126 */
|
|
|
4127 void dw_container_set_item(HWND handle, void *pointer, int column, int row, void *data)
|
|
|
4128 {
|
|
|
4129 ULONG totalsize, size = 0, *flags = (ULONG *)WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, 0);
|
|
|
4130 int z;
|
|
|
4131 PRECORDCORE temp = (PRECORDCORE)pointer;
|
|
|
4132 void *dest;
|
|
|
4133
|
|
|
4134 if(!flags)
|
|
|
4135 return;
|
|
|
4136
|
|
|
4137 /* Figure out the offsets to the items in the struct */
|
|
|
4138 for(z=0;z<column;z++)
|
|
|
4139 {
|
|
|
4140 if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON)
|
|
|
4141 size += sizeof(HPOINTER);
|
|
|
4142 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_STRING)
|
|
|
4143 size += sizeof(char *);
|
|
|
4144 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_ULONG)
|
|
|
4145 size += sizeof(ULONG);
|
|
|
4146 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_DATE)
|
|
|
4147 size += sizeof(CDATE);
|
|
|
4148 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_TIME)
|
|
|
4149 size += sizeof(CTIME);
|
|
|
4150 }
|
|
|
4151
|
|
|
4152 totalsize = size + sizeof(RECORDCORE);
|
|
|
4153
|
|
|
4154 for(z=0;z<row;z++)
|
|
|
4155 temp = temp->preccNextRecord;
|
|
|
4156
|
|
|
4157 dest = (void *)(((ULONG)temp)+((ULONG)totalsize));
|
|
|
4158
|
|
|
4159 if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON)
|
|
|
4160 memcpy(dest, data, sizeof(HPOINTER));
|
|
|
4161 else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_STRING)
|
|
|
4162 memcpy(dest, data, sizeof(char *));
|
|
|
4163 else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_ULONG)
|
|
|
4164 memcpy(dest, data, sizeof(ULONG));
|
|
|
4165 else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_DATE)
|
|
|
4166 memcpy(dest, data, sizeof(CDATE));
|
|
|
4167 else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_TIME)
|
|
|
4168 memcpy(dest, data, sizeof(CTIME));
|
|
|
4169 }
|
|
|
4170
|
|
|
4171 /*
|
|
|
4172 * Sets an item in specified row and column to the given data.
|
|
|
4173 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4174 * handle: Handle to the container window (widget).
|
|
|
4175 * pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc().
|
|
|
4176 * column: Zero based column of data being set.
|
|
|
4177 * row: Zero based row of data being set.
|
|
|
4178 * data: Pointer to the data to be added.
|
|
|
4179 */
|
|
|
4180 void dw_filesystem_set_file(HWND handle, void *pointer, int row, char *filename, unsigned long icon)
|
|
|
4181 {
|
|
|
4182 dw_container_set_item(handle, pointer, 0, row, (void *)&icon);
|
|
|
4183 dw_container_set_item(handle, pointer, 1, row, (void *)&filename);
|
|
|
4184 }
|
|
|
4185
|
|
|
4186 /*
|
|
|
4187 * Sets an item in specified row and column to the given data.
|
|
|
4188 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4189 * handle: Handle to the container window (widget).
|
|
|
4190 * pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc().
|
|
|
4191 * column: Zero based column of data being set.
|
|
|
4192 * row: Zero based row of data being set.
|
|
|
4193 * data: Pointer to the data to be added.
|
|
|
4194 */
|
|
|
4195 void dw_filesystem_set_item(HWND handle, void *pointer, int column, int row, void *data)
|
|
|
4196 {
|
|
|
4197 dw_container_set_item(handle, pointer, column + 2, row, data);
|
|
|
4198 }
|
|
|
4199
|
|
|
4200 /*
|
|
|
4201 * Sets the title of a row in the container.
|
|
|
4202 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4203 * pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc().
|
|
|
4204 * row: Zero based row of data being set.
|
|
|
4205 * title: String title of the item.
|
|
|
4206 */
|
|
|
4207 void dw_container_set_row_title(void *pointer, int row, char *title)
|
|
|
4208 {
|
|
|
4209 PRECORDCORE temp = (PRECORDCORE)pointer;
|
|
|
4210 int z;
|
|
|
4211
|
|
|
4212 for(z=0;z<row;z++)
|
|
|
4213 temp = temp->preccNextRecord;
|
|
|
4214
|
|
|
4215 temp->pszIcon = title;
|
|
|
4216 temp->pszName = title;
|
|
|
4217 temp->pszText = title;
|
|
|
4218 }
|
|
|
4219
|
|
|
4220 /*
|
|
|
4221 * Sets the title of a row in the container.
|
|
|
4222 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4223 * handle: Handle to the container window (widget).
|
|
|
4224 * pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc().
|
|
|
4225 * rowcount: The number of rows to be inserted.
|
|
|
4226 */
|
|
|
4227 void dw_container_insert(HWND handle, void *pointer, int rowcount)
|
|
|
4228 {
|
|
|
4229 RECORDINSERT recin;
|
|
|
4230
|
|
|
4231 recin.cb = sizeof(RECORDINSERT);
|
|
|
4232 recin.pRecordOrder = (PRECORDCORE)CMA_END;
|
|
|
4233 recin.pRecordParent = NULL;
|
|
|
4234 recin.zOrder = CMA_TOP;
|
|
|
4235 recin.fInvalidateRecord = TRUE;
|
|
|
4236 recin.cRecordsInsert = rowcount;
|
|
|
4237
|
|
|
4238 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_INSERTRECORD, MPFROMP(pointer), MPFROMP(&recin));
|
|
|
4239 }
|
|
|
4240
|
|
|
4241 /*
|
|
|
4242 * Removes all rows from a container.
|
|
|
4243 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4244 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be cleared.
|
|
|
4245 */
|
|
|
4246 void dw_container_clear(HWND handle)
|
|
|
4247 {
|
|
|
4248 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_REMOVERECORD, (MPARAM)0L, MPFROM2SHORT(0, CMA_INVALIDATE | CMA_FREE));
|
|
|
4249 }
|
|
|
4250
|
|
|
4251 /*
|
|
|
4252 * Removes all rows from a container.
|
|
|
4253 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4254 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be cleared.
|
|
|
4255 */
|
|
|
4256 void dw_container_set_view(HWND handle, unsigned long flags, int iconwidth, int iconheight)
|
|
|
4257 {
|
|
|
4258 CNRINFO cnrinfo;
|
|
|
4259
|
|
|
4260 cnrinfo.flWindowAttr = flags;
|
|
|
4261 cnrinfo.slBitmapOrIcon.cx = iconwidth;
|
|
|
4262 cnrinfo.slBitmapOrIcon.cy = iconheight;
|
|
|
4263
|
|
|
4264 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_SETCNRINFO, &cnrinfo, MPFROMLONG(CMA_FLWINDOWATTR | CMA_SLBITMAPORICON));
|
|
|
4265 }
|
|
|
4266
|
|
|
4267 /*
|
|
|
4268 * Starts a new query of a container.
|
|
|
4269 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4270 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be queried.
|
|
|
4271 * flags: If this parameter is DW_CRA_SELECTED it will only
|
|
|
4272 * return items that are currently selected. Otherwise
|
|
|
4273 * it will return all records in the container.
|
|
|
4274 */
|
|
|
4275 char *dw_container_query_start(HWND handle, unsigned long flags)
|
|
|
4276 {
|
|
|
4277 pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)0L, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_FIRST, CMA_ITEMORDER));
|
|
|
4278 if(pCore)
|
|
|
4279 {
|
|
|
4280 if(flags)
|
|
|
4281 {
|
|
|
4282 while(pCore)
|
|
|
4283 {
|
|
|
4284 if(pCore->flRecordAttr & CRA_SELECTED)
|
|
|
4285 return pCore->pszIcon;
|
|
|
4286 pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_NEXT, CMA_ITEMORDER));
|
|
|
4287 }
|
|
|
4288 }
|
|
|
4289 else
|
|
|
4290 return pCore->pszIcon;
|
|
|
4291 }
|
|
|
4292 return NULL;
|
|
|
4293 }
|
|
|
4294
|
|
|
4295 /*
|
|
|
4296 * Continues an existing query of a container.
|
|
|
4297 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4298 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be queried.
|
|
|
4299 * flags: If this parameter is DW_CRA_SELECTED it will only
|
|
|
4300 * return items that are currently selected. Otherwise
|
|
|
4301 * it will return all records in the container.
|
|
|
4302 */
|
|
|
4303 char *dw_container_query_next(HWND handle, unsigned long flags)
|
|
|
4304 {
|
|
|
4305 pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_NEXT, CMA_ITEMORDER));
|
|
|
4306 if(pCore)
|
|
|
4307 {
|
|
|
4308 if(flags)
|
|
|
4309 {
|
|
|
4310 while(pCore)
|
|
|
4311 {
|
|
|
4312 if(pCore->flRecordAttr & CRA_SELECTED)
|
|
|
4313 return pCore->pszIcon;
|
|
|
4314
|
|
|
4315 pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_NEXT, CMA_ITEMORDER));
|
|
|
4316 }
|
|
|
4317 }
|
|
|
4318 else
|
|
|
4319 return pCore->pszIcon;
|
|
|
4320 }
|
|
|
4321 return NULL;
|
|
|
4322 }
|
|
|
4323
|
|
|
4324 /*
|
|
|
4325 * Creates a rendering context widget (window) to be packed.
|
|
|
4326 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4327 * id: An id to be used with dw_window_from_id.
|
|
|
4328 * Returns:
|
|
|
4329 * A handle to the widget or NULL on failure.
|
|
|
4330 */
|
|
|
4331 HWND dw_render_new(unsigned long id)
|
|
|
4332 {
|
|
|
4333 HWND hwndframe = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
|
|
|
4334 WC_FRAME,
|
|
|
4335 NULL,
|
|
|
4336 WS_VISIBLE,
|
|
|
4337 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
4338 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
4339 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
4340 id,
|
|
|
4341 NULL,
|
|
|
4342 NULL);
|
|
|
4343 WinSubclassWindow(hwndframe, _RendProc);
|
|
|
4344 return hwndframe;
|
|
|
4345 }
|
|
|
4346
|
|
|
4347 /* Sets the current foreground drawing color.
|
|
|
4348 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4349 * red: red value.
|
|
|
4350 * green: green value.
|
|
|
4351 * blue: blue value.
|
|
|
4352 */
|
|
|
4353 void dw_color_foreground_set(unsigned long value)
|
|
|
4354 {
|
|
|
4355 _foreground = DW_RED_VALUE(value) << 16 | DW_GREEN_VALUE(value) << 8 | DW_BLUE_VALUE(value);
|
|
|
4356 }
|
|
|
4357
|
|
|
4358 /* Sets the current background drawing color.
|
|
|
4359 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4360 * red: red value.
|
|
|
4361 * green: green value.
|
|
|
4362 * blue: blue value.
|
|
|
4363 */
|
|
|
4364 void dw_color_background_set(unsigned long value)
|
|
|
4365 {
|
|
|
4366 _background = DW_RED_VALUE(value) << 16 | DW_GREEN_VALUE(value) << 8 | DW_BLUE_VALUE(value);
|
|
|
4367 }
|
|
|
4368
|
|
|
4369 HPS _set_hps(HPS hps)
|
|
|
4370 {
|
|
|
4371 LONG alTable[18];
|
|
|
4372
|
|
|
4373 GpiQueryLogColorTable(hps, 0L, 0L, 18L, alTable);
|
|
|
4374
|
|
|
4375 alTable[16] = _foreground;
|
|
|
4376 alTable[17] = _background;
|
|
|
4377
|
|
|
4378 GpiCreateLogColorTable(hps,
|
|
|
4379 0L,
|
|
|
4380 LCOLF_CONSECRGB,
|
|
|
4381 0L,
|
|
|
4382 18,
|
|
|
4383 alTable);
|
|
|
4384 GpiSetColor(hps, 16);
|
|
|
4385 GpiSetBackColor(hps, 17);
|
|
|
4386 return hps;
|
|
|
4387 }
|
|
|
4388
|
|
|
4389 HPS _set_colors(HWND handle)
|
|
|
4390 {
|
|
|
4391 HPS hps = WinGetPS(handle);
|
|
|
4392
|
|
|
4393 _set_hps(hps);
|
|
|
4394 return hps;
|
|
|
4395 }
|
|
|
4396
|
|
|
4397 /* Draw a point on a window (preferably a render window).
|
|
|
4398 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4399 * handle: Handle to the window.
|
|
|
4400 * pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these)
|
|
|
4401 * x: X coordinate.
|
|
|
4402 * y: Y coordinate.
|
|
|
4403 */
|
|
|
4404 void dw_draw_point(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x, int y)
|
|
|
4405 {
|
|
|
4406 HPS hps;
|
|
|
4407 int height;
|
|
|
4408 POINTL ptl;
|
|
|
4409
|
|
|
4410 if(handle)
|
|
|
4411 {
|
|
|
4412 hps = _set_colors(handle);
|
|
|
4413 height = _get_height(handle);
|
|
|
4414 }
|
|
|
4415 else if(pixmap)
|
|
|
4416 {
|
|
|
4417 hps = _set_hps(pixmap->hps);
|
|
|
4418 height = pixmap->height;
|
|
|
4419 }
|
|
|
4420 else
|
|
|
4421 return;
|
|
|
4422
|
|
|
4423 ptl.x = x;
|
|
|
4424 ptl.y = height - y - 1;
|
|
|
4425
|
|
|
4426 GpiSetPel(hps, &ptl);
|
|
|
4427 if(!pixmap)
|
|
|
4428 WinReleasePS(hps);
|
|
|
4429 }
|
|
|
4430
|
|
|
4431 /* Draw a line on a window (preferably a render window).
|
|
|
4432 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4433 * handle: Handle to the window.
|
|
|
4434 * pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these)
|
|
|
4435 * x1: First X coordinate.
|
|
|
4436 * y1: First Y coordinate.
|
|
|
4437 * x2: Second X coordinate.
|
|
|
4438 * y2: Second Y coordinate.
|
|
|
4439 */
|
|
|
4440 void dw_draw_line(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2)
|
|
|
4441 {
|
|
|
4442 HPS hps;
|
|
|
4443 int height;
|
|
|
4444 POINTL ptl[2];
|
|
|
4445
|
|
|
4446 if(handle)
|
|
|
4447 {
|
|
|
4448 hps = _set_colors(handle);
|
|
|
4449 height = _get_height(handle);
|
|
|
4450 }
|
|
|
4451 else if(pixmap)
|
|
|
4452 {
|
|
|
4453 hps = _set_hps(pixmap->hps);
|
|
|
4454 height = pixmap->height;
|
|
|
4455 }
|
|
|
4456 else
|
|
|
4457 return;
|
|
|
4458
|
|
|
4459 ptl[0].x = x1;
|
|
|
4460 ptl[0].y = height - y1 - 1;
|
|
|
4461 ptl[1].x = x2;
|
|
|
4462 ptl[1].y = height - y2 - 1;
|
|
|
4463
|
|
|
4464 GpiMove(hps, &ptl[0]);
|
|
|
4465 GpiLine(hps, &ptl[1]);
|
|
|
4466
|
|
|
4467 if(!pixmap)
|
|
|
4468 WinReleasePS(hps);
|
|
|
4469 }
|
|
|
4470
|
|
|
4471
|
|
|
4472 /* Draw text on a window (preferably a render window).
|
|
|
4473 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4474 * handle: Handle to the window.
|
|
|
4475 * pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these)
|
|
|
4476 * x: X coordinate.
|
|
|
4477 * y: Y coordinate.
|
|
|
4478 * text: Text to be displayed.
|
|
|
4479 */
|
|
|
4480 void dw_draw_text(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x, int y, char *text)
|
|
|
4481 {
|
|
|
4482 HPS hps;
|
|
|
4483 int size = 9, z, l, height;
|
|
|
4484 POINTL ptl;
|
|
|
4485 FATTRS fat;
|
|
|
4486 SIZEF sizfCharBox;
|
|
|
4487 FONTMETRICS *fm;
|
|
|
4488 LONG lHorzRes, lVertRes, lRequestFonts, lNumberFonts;
|
|
|
4489 HDC hdc;
|
|
|
4490 char fontname[128];
|
|
|
4491
|
|
|
4492 if(handle)
|
|
|
4493 {
|
|
|
4494 hps = _set_colors(handle);
|
|
|
4495 height = _get_height(handle);
|
|
|
4496 _GetPPFont(handle, fontname);
|
|
|
4497 }
|
|
|
4498 else if(pixmap)
|
|
|
4499 {
|
|
|
4500 hps = _set_hps(pixmap->hps);
|
|
|
4501 height = pixmap->height;
|
|
|
4502 _GetPPFont(pixmap->handle, fontname);
|
|
|
4503 }
|
|
|
4504 else
|
|
|
4505 return;
|
|
|
4506
|
|
|
4507 ptl.x = x;
|
|
|
4508 ptl.y = height - y - 2;
|
|
|
4509
|
|
|
4510 for(z=0;z<strlen(fontname);z++)
|
|
|
4511 {
|
|
|
4512 if(fontname[z]=='.')
|
|
|
4513 break;
|
|
|
4514 }
|
|
|
4515 size = atoi(fontname);
|
|
|
4516
|
|
|
4517 ptl.y -= size;
|
|
|
4518
|
|
|
4519 hdc = GpiQueryDevice(hps);
|
|
|
4520
|
|
|
4521 DevQueryCaps(hdc, CAPS_HORIZONTAL_FONT_RES, 1L, &lHorzRes);
|
|
|
4522 DevQueryCaps(hdc, CAPS_VERTICAL_FONT_RES, 1L, &lVertRes);
|
|
|
4523
|
|
|
4524 lNumberFonts = GpiQueryFonts(hps, QF_PUBLIC | QF_PRIVATE, &fontname[z+1], &lRequestFonts, 0, NULL);
|
|
|
4525
|
|
|
4526 fm = malloc(lNumberFonts * sizeof(FONTMETRICS));
|
|
|
4527
|
|
|
4528 GpiQueryFonts(hps, QF_PUBLIC | QF_PRIVATE, &fontname[z+1], &lNumberFonts, sizeof(FONTMETRICS), fm);
|
|
|
4529
|
|
|
4530 fat.lMatch = 0L;
|
|
|
4531
|
|
|
4532 for(l=0;l<lNumberFonts;l++)
|
|
|
4533 {
|
|
|
4534 if(fm[l].sXDeviceRes == (SHORT)lHorzRes &&
|
|
|
4535 fm[l].sYDeviceRes == (SHORT)lVertRes &&
|
|
|
4536 (fm[l].fsDefn & 1) == 0 &&
|
|
|
4537 fm[l].sNominalPointSize == (size*10))
|
|
|
4538 {
|
|
|
4539 fat.lMatch = fm[l].lMatch;
|
|
|
4540 break;
|
|
|
4541 }
|
|
|
4542 }
|
|
|
4543
|
|
|
4544 fat.usRecordLength = sizeof(FATTRS);
|
|
|
4545 fat.fsSelection = 0;
|
|
|
4546 fat.idRegistry = 0;
|
|
|
4547 fat.usCodePage = GpiQueryCp(hps);
|
|
|
4548 fat.lMaxBaselineExt = 0;
|
|
|
4549 fat.lAveCharWidth = 0;
|
|
|
4550 fat.fsType = 0;
|
|
|
4551 fat.fsFontUse = 0;
|
|
|
4552
|
|
|
4553 strcpy(fat.szFacename , &fontname[z+1]);
|
|
|
4554
|
|
|
4555 GpiCreateLogFont(hps, NULL, 1L, &fat);
|
|
|
4556
|
|
|
4557 GpiSetCharSet(hps, 1L);
|
|
|
4558
|
|
|
4559 if(fm)
|
|
|
4560 free(fm);
|
|
|
4561 else
|
|
|
4562 {
|
|
|
4563 sizfCharBox.cx = MAKEFIXED(size,0);
|
|
|
4564 sizfCharBox.cy = MAKEFIXED(size,0);
|
|
|
4565 GpiSetCharBox(hps, &sizfCharBox);
|
|
|
4566 }
|
|
|
4567
|
|
|
4568 GpiCharStringAt(hps, &ptl, strlen(text), text);
|
|
|
4569
|
|
|
4570 if(!pixmap)
|
|
|
4571 WinReleasePS(hps);
|
|
|
4572 }
|
|
|
4573
|
|
|
4574
|
|
|
4575
|
|
|
4576
|
|
|
4577 /* Draw a rectangle on a window (preferably a render window).
|
|
|
4578 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4579 * handle: Handle to the window.
|
|
|
4580 * pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these)
|
|
|
4581 * fill: Fill box TRUE or FALSE.
|
|
|
4582 * x: X coordinate.
|
|
|
4583 * y: Y coordinate.
|
|
|
4584 * width: Width of rectangle.
|
|
|
4585 * height: Height of rectangle.
|
|
|
4586 */
|
|
|
4587 void dw_draw_rect(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int fill, int x, int y, int width, int height)
|
|
|
4588 {
|
|
|
4589 HPS hps;
|
|
|
4590 int thisheight;
|
|
|
4591 POINTL ptl[2];
|
|
|
4592
|
|
|
4593 if(handle)
|
|
|
4594 {
|
|
|
4595 hps = _set_colors(handle);
|
|
|
4596 thisheight = _get_height(handle);
|
|
|
4597 }
|
|
|
4598 else if(pixmap)
|
|
|
4599 {
|
|
|
4600 hps = _set_hps(pixmap->hps);
|
|
|
4601 thisheight = pixmap->height;
|
|
|
4602 }
|
|
|
4603 else
|
|
|
4604 return;
|
|
|
4605
|
|
|
4606 ptl[0].x = x;
|
|
|
4607 ptl[0].y = thisheight - y - 1;
|
|
|
4608 ptl[1].x = x + width - 1;
|
|
|
4609 ptl[1].y = thisheight - y - height;
|
|
|
4610
|
|
|
4611 GpiMove(hps, &ptl[0]);
|
|
|
4612 GpiBox(hps, fill ? DRO_OUTLINEFILL : DRO_OUTLINE, &ptl[1], 0, 0);
|
|
|
4613
|
|
|
4614 if(!pixmap)
|
|
|
4615 WinReleasePS(hps);
|
|
|
4616 }
|
|
|
4617
|
|
|
4618 /* Call this after drawing to the screen to make sure
|
|
|
4619 * anything you have drawn is visible.
|
|
|
4620 */
|
|
|
4621 void dw_flush(void)
|
|
|
4622 {
|
|
|
4623 }
|
|
|
4624
|
|
|
4625 /*
|
|
|
4626 * Creates a pixmap with given parameters.
|
|
|
4627 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4628 * handle: Window handle the pixmap is associated with.
|
|
|
4629 * width: Width of the pixmap in pixels.
|
|
|
4630 * height: Height of the pixmap in pixels.
|
|
|
4631 * depth: Color depth of the pixmap.
|
|
|
4632 * Returns:
|
|
|
4633 * A handle to a pixmap or NULL on failure.
|
|
|
4634 */
|
|
|
4635 HPIXMAP dw_pixmap_new(HWND handle, unsigned long width, unsigned long height, int depth)
|
|
|
4636 {
|
|
|
4637 BITMAPINFOHEADER bmih;
|
|
|
4638 SIZEL sizl = { 0, 0 };
|
|
|
4639 HPIXMAP pixmap;
|
|
|
4640 HDC hdc;
|
|
|
4641 HPS hps;
|
|
|
4642 ULONG ulFlags;
|
|
|
4643 LONG cPlanes, cBitCount;
|
|
|
4644
|
|
|
4645 if (!(pixmap = calloc(1,sizeof(struct _hpixmap))))
|
|
|
4646 return NULL;
|
|
|
4647
|
|
|
4648 hps = WinGetPS(handle);
|
|
|
4649
|
|
|
4650 hdc = GpiQueryDevice(hps);
|
|
|
4651 ulFlags = GpiQueryPS(hps, &sizl);
|
|
|
4652
|
|
|
4653 pixmap->handle = handle;
|
|
|
4654 pixmap->hdc = DevOpenDC(dwhab, OD_MEMORY, "*", 0L, NULL, hdc);
|
|
|
4655 pixmap->hps = GpiCreatePS (dwhab, pixmap->hdc, &sizl, ulFlags | GPIA_ASSOC);
|
|
|
4656
|
|
|
4657 DevQueryCaps(hdc, CAPS_COLOR_PLANES , 1L, &cPlanes);
|
|
|
4658 if (!depth)
|
|
|
4659 {
|
|
|
4660 DevQueryCaps(hdc, CAPS_COLOR_BITCOUNT, 1L, &cBitCount);
|
|
|
4661 depth = cBitCount;
|
|
|
4662 }
|
|
|
4663
|
|
|
4664 memset(&bmih, 0, sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER));
|
|
|
4665 bmih.cbFix = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
|
|
|
4666 bmih.cx = (SHORT)width;
|
|
|
4667 bmih.cy = (SHORT)height;
|
|
|
4668 bmih.cPlanes = (SHORT)cPlanes;
|
|
|
4669 bmih.cBitCount = (SHORT)depth;
|
|
|
4670
|
|
|
4671 pixmap->width = width; pixmap->height = height;
|
|
|
4672
|
|
|
4673 pixmap->hbm = GpiCreateBitmap(pixmap->hps, (PBITMAPINFOHEADER2)&bmih, 0L, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
4674
|
|
|
4675 GpiSetBitmap(pixmap->hps, pixmap->hbm);
|
|
|
4676
|
|
|
4677 if (depth>8)
|
|
|
4678 GpiCreateLogColorTable(pixmap->hps, LCOL_PURECOLOR, LCOLF_RGB, 0, 0, NULL );
|
|
|
4679
|
|
|
4680 WinReleasePS(hps);
|
|
|
4681
|
|
|
4682 return pixmap;
|
|
|
4683 }
|
|
|
4684
|
|
|
4685 /*
|
|
|
4686 * Creates a pixmap from internal resource graphic specified by id.
|
|
|
4687 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4688 * handle: Window handle the pixmap is associated with.
|
|
|
4689 * id: Resource ID associated with requested pixmap.
|
|
|
4690 * Returns:
|
|
|
4691 * A handle to a pixmap or NULL on failure.
|
|
|
4692 */
|
|
|
4693 HPIXMAP dw_pixmap_grab(HWND handle, ULONG id)
|
|
|
4694 {
|
|
|
4695 BITMAPINFOHEADER bmih;
|
|
|
4696 SIZEL sizl = { 0, 0 };
|
|
|
4697 HPIXMAP pixmap;
|
|
|
4698 HDC hdc;
|
|
|
4699 HPS hps;
|
|
|
4700 ULONG ulFlags;
|
|
|
4701
|
|
|
4702 if (!(pixmap = calloc(1,sizeof(struct _hpixmap))))
|
|
|
4703 return NULL;
|
|
|
4704
|
|
|
4705 hps = WinGetPS(handle);
|
|
|
4706
|
|
|
4707 hdc = GpiQueryDevice(hps);
|
|
|
4708 ulFlags = GpiQueryPS(hps, &sizl);
|
|
|
4709
|
|
|
4710 pixmap->hdc = DevOpenDC(dwhab, OD_MEMORY, "*", 0L, NULL, hdc);
|
|
|
4711 pixmap->hps = GpiCreatePS (dwhab, pixmap->hdc, &sizl, ulFlags | GPIA_ASSOC);
|
|
|
4712
|
|
|
4713 pixmap->hbm = GpiLoadBitmap(pixmap->hps, NULLHANDLE, id, 0, 0);
|
|
|
4714
|
|
|
4715 GpiQueryBitmapParameters(pixmap->hbm, &bmih);
|
|
|
4716
|
|
|
4717 GpiSetBitmap(pixmap->hps, pixmap->hbm);
|
|
|
4718
|
|
|
4719 pixmap->width = bmih.cx; pixmap->height = bmih.cy;
|
|
|
4720
|
|
|
4721 WinReleasePS(hps);
|
|
|
4722
|
|
|
4723 return pixmap;
|
|
|
4724 }
|
|
|
4725
|
|
|
4726 /*
|
|
|
4727 * Destroys an allocated pixmap.
|
|
|
4728 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4729 * pixmap: Handle to a pixmap returned by
|
|
|
4730 * dw_pixmap_new..
|
|
|
4731 */
|
|
|
4732 void dw_pixmap_destroy(HPIXMAP pixmap)
|
|
|
4733 {
|
|
|
4734 GpiSetBitmap(pixmap->hps, NULLHANDLE);
|
|
|
4735 GpiDeleteBitmap(pixmap->hbm);
|
|
|
4736 GpiAssociate(pixmap->hps, NULLHANDLE);
|
|
|
4737 GpiDestroyPS(pixmap->hps);
|
|
|
4738 DevCloseDC(pixmap->hdc);
|
|
|
4739 free(pixmap);
|
|
|
4740 }
|
|
|
4741
|
|
|
4742 /*
|
|
|
4743 * Copies from one item to another.
|
|
|
4744 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4745 * dest: Destination window handle.
|
|
|
4746 * destp: Destination pixmap. (choose only one).
|
|
|
4747 * xdest: X coordinate of destination.
|
|
|
4748 * ydest: Y coordinate of destination.
|
|
|
4749 * width: Width of area to copy.
|
|
|
4750 * height: Height of area to copy.
|
|
|
4751 * src: Source window handle.
|
|
|
4752 * srcp: Source pixmap. (choose only one).
|
|
|
4753 * xsrc: X coordinate of source.
|
|
|
4754 * ysrc: Y coordinate of source.
|
|
|
4755 */
|
|
|
4756 void dw_pixmap_bitblt(HWND dest, HPIXMAP destp, int xdest, int ydest, int width, int height, HWND src, HPIXMAP srcp, int xsrc, int ysrc)
|
|
|
4757 {
|
|
|
4758 HPS hpsdest;
|
|
|
4759 HPS hpssrc;
|
|
|
4760 POINTL ptl[4];
|
|
|
4761 int destheight, srcheight;
|
|
|
4762
|
|
|
4763 if(dest)
|
|
|
4764 {
|
|
|
4765 hpsdest = WinGetPS(dest);
|
|
|
4766 destheight = _get_height(dest);
|
|
|
4767 }
|
|
|
4768 else if(destp)
|
|
|
4769 {
|
|
|
4770 hpsdest = destp->hps;
|
|
|
4771 destheight = destp->height;
|
|
|
4772 }
|
|
|
4773 else
|
|
|
4774 return;
|
|
|
4775
|
|
|
4776 if(src)
|
|
|
4777 {
|
|
|
4778 hpssrc = WinGetPS(src);
|
|
|
4779 srcheight = _get_height(src);
|
|
|
4780 }
|
|
|
4781 else if(srcp)
|
|
|
4782 {
|
|
|
4783 hpssrc = srcp->hps;
|
|
|
4784 srcheight = srcp->height;
|
|
|
4785 }
|
|
|
4786 else
|
|
|
4787 {
|
|
|
4788 if(!destp)
|
|
|
4789 WinReleasePS(hpsdest);
|
|
|
4790 return;
|
|
|
4791 }
|
|
|
4792
|
|
|
4793 ptl[0].x = xdest;
|
|
|
4794 ptl[0].y = (destheight - ydest) - height;
|
|
|
4795 ptl[1].x = ptl[0].x + width;
|
|
|
4796 ptl[1].y = destheight - ydest;
|
|
|
4797 ptl[2].x = xsrc;
|
|
|
4798 ptl[2].y = srcheight - (ysrc + height);
|
|
|
4799 ptl[3].x = ptl[2].x + width;
|
|
|
4800 ptl[3].y = ptl[2].y + height;
|
|
|
4801
|
|
|
4802 GpiBitBlt(hpsdest, hpssrc, 4, ptl, ROP_SRCCOPY, BBO_IGNORE);
|
|
|
4803
|
|
|
4804 if(!destp)
|
|
|
4805 WinReleasePS(hpsdest);
|
|
|
4806 if(!srcp)
|
|
|
4807 WinReleasePS(hpssrc);
|
|
|
4808 }
|
|
|
4809
|
|
|
4810 /*
|
|
|
4811 * Emits a beep.
|
|
|
4812 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4813 * freq: Frequency.
|
|
|
4814 * dur: Duration.
|
|
|
4815 */
|
|
|
4816 void dw_beep(int freq, int dur)
|
|
|
4817 {
|
|
|
4818 DosBeep(freq, dur);
|
|
|
4819 }
|
|
|
4820
|
|
|
4821 /*
|
|
|
4822 * Returns the handle to an unnamed mutex semaphore.
|
|
|
4823 */
|
|
|
4824 HMTX dw_mutex_new(void)
|
|
|
4825 {
|
|
|
4826 HMTX mutex;
|
|
|
4827
|
|
|
4828 DosCreateMutexSem(NULL, &mutex, 0, FALSE);
|
|
|
4829 return mutex;
|
|
|
4830 }
|
|
|
4831
|
|
|
4832 /*
|
|
|
4833 * Closes a semaphore created by dw_mutex_new().
|
|
|
4834 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4835 * mutex: The handle to the mutex returned by dw_mutex_new().
|
|
|
4836 */
|
|
|
4837 void dw_mutex_close(HMTX mutex)
|
|
|
4838 {
|
|
|
4839 DosCloseMutexSem(mutex);
|
|
|
4840 }
|
|
|
4841
|
|
|
4842 /*
|
|
|
4843 * Tries to gain access to the semaphore, if it can't it blocks.
|
|
|
4844 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4845 * mutex: The handle to the mutex returned by dw_mutex_new().
|
|
|
4846 */
|
|
|
4847 void dw_mutex_lock(HMTX mutex)
|
|
|
4848 {
|
|
|
4849 DosRequestMutexSem(mutex, SEM_INDEFINITE_WAIT);
|
|
|
4850 }
|
|
|
4851
|
|
|
4852 /*
|
|
|
4853 * Reliquishes the access to the semaphore.
|
|
|
4854 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4855 * mutex: The handle to the mutex returned by dw_mutex_new().
|
|
|
4856 */
|
|
|
4857 void dw_mutex_unlock(HMTX mutex)
|
|
|
4858 {
|
|
|
4859 DosReleaseMutexSem(mutex);
|
|
|
4860 }
|
|
|
4861
|
|
|
4862 /*
|
|
|
4863 * Returns the handle to an unnamed event semaphore.
|
|
|
4864 */
|
|
|
4865 HEV dw_event_new(void)
|
|
|
4866 {
|
|
|
4867 HEV blah;
|
|
|
4868
|
|
|
4869 if(DosCreateEventSem (NULL, &blah, 0L, FALSE))
|
|
|
4870 return 0;
|
|
|
4871
|
|
|
4872 return blah;
|
|
|
4873 }
|
|
|
4874
|
|
|
4875 /*
|
|
|
4876 * Resets a semaphore created by dw_event_new().
|
|
|
4877 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4878 * eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new().
|
|
|
4879 */
|
|
|
4880 int dw_event_reset(HEV eve)
|
|
|
4881 {
|
|
|
4882 ULONG count;
|
|
|
4883
|
|
|
4884 if(DosResetEventSem(eve, &count))
|
|
|
4885 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4886 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4887 }
|
|
|
4888
|
|
|
4889 /*
|
|
|
4890 * Posts a semaphore created by dw_event_new(). Causing all threads
|
|
|
4891 * waiting on this event in dw_event_wait to continue.
|
|
|
4892 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4893 * eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new().
|
|
|
4894 */
|
|
|
4895 int dw_event_post(HEV eve)
|
|
|
4896 {
|
|
|
4897 if(DosPostEventSem(eve))
|
|
|
4898 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4899 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4900 }
|
|
|
4901
|
|
|
4902
|
|
|
4903 /*
|
|
|
4904 * Waits on a semaphore created by dw_event_new(), until the
|
|
|
4905 * event gets posted or until the timeout expires.
|
|
|
4906 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4907 * eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new().
|
|
|
4908 */
|
|
|
4909 int dw_event_wait(HEV eve, unsigned long timeout)
|
|
|
4910 {
|
|
|
4911 int rc = DosWaitEventSem(eve, timeout);
|
|
|
4912 if(!rc)
|
|
|
4913 return 1;
|
|
|
4914 if(rc == ERROR_TIMEOUT)
|
|
|
4915 return -1;
|
|
|
4916 return 0;
|
|
|
4917 }
|
|
|
4918
|
|
|
4919 /*
|
|
|
4920 * Closes a semaphore created by dw_event_new().
|
|
|
4921 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4922 * eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new().
|
|
|
4923 */
|
|
|
4924 int dw_event_close(HEV *eve)
|
|
|
4925 {
|
|
|
4926 if(!eve || ~DosCloseEventSem(*eve))
|
|
|
4927 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4928 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4929 }
|
|
|
4930
|
|
|
4931 /*
|
|
|
4932 * Encapsulate the message queues on OS/2.
|
|
|
4933 */
|
|
|
4934 void _dwthreadstart(void *data)
|
|
|
4935 {
|
|
|
4936 HAB thishab = WinInitialize(0);
|
|
|
4937 HMQ thishmq = WinCreateMsgQueue(dwhab, 0);
|
|
|
4938 void (*threadfunc)(void *) = NULL;
|
|
|
4939 void **tmp = (void **)data;
|
|
|
4940
|
|
|
4941 threadfunc = (void (*)(void *))tmp[0];
|
|
|
4942 threadfunc(tmp[1]);
|
|
|
4943
|
|
|
4944 free(tmp);
|
|
|
4945
|
|
|
4946 WinDestroyMsgQueue(thishmq);
|
|
|
4947 WinTerminate(thishab);
|
|
|
4948 }
|
|
|
4949
|
|
|
4950 /*
|
|
|
4951 * Creates a new thread with a starting point of func.
|
|
|
4952 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4953 * func: Function which will be run in the new thread.
|
|
|
4954 * data: Parameter(s) passed to the function.
|
|
|
4955 * stack: Stack size of new thread (OS/2 and Windows only).
|
|
|
4956 */
|
|
|
4957 DWTID dw_thread_new(void *func, void *data, int stack)
|
|
|
4958 {
|
|
|
4959 void **tmp = malloc(sizeof(void *) * 2);
|
|
|
4960
|
|
|
4961 tmp[0] = func;
|
|
|
4962 tmp[1] = data;
|
|
|
4963
|
|
|
4964 return (DWTID)_beginthread((void (*)(void *))_dwthreadstart, NULL, stack, (void *)tmp);
|
|
|
4965 }
|
|
|
4966
|
|
|
4967 /*
|
|
|
4968 * Ends execution of current thread immediately.
|
|
|
4969 */
|
|
|
4970 void dw_thread_end(void)
|
|
|
4971 {
|
|
|
4972 _endthread();
|
|
|
4973 }
|
|
|
4974
|
|
|
4975 /*
|
|
|
4976 * Returns the current thread's ID.
|
|
|
4977 */
|
|
|
4978 DWTID dw_thread_id(void)
|
|
|
4979 {
|
|
|
4980 return (DWTID)_threadid;
|
|
|
4981 }
|
|
|
4982
|
|
|
4983 /*
|
|
|
4984 * Cleanly terminates a DW session, should be signal handler safe.
|
|
|
4985 * Parameters:
|
|
|
4986 * exitcode: Exit code reported to the operating system.
|
|
|
4987 */
|
|
|
4988 void dw_exit(int exitcode)
|
|
|
4989 {
|
|
|
4990 /* In case we are in a signal handler, don't
|
|
|
4991 * try to free memory that could possibly be
|
|
|
4992 * free()'d by the runtime already.
|
|
|
4993 */
|
|
|
4994 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS
|
|
|
4995 Root = NULL;
|
|
|
4996 #endif
|
|
|
4997 exit(exitcode);
|
|
|
4998 }
|
|
|
4999
|
|
|
5000 /*
|
|
|
5001 * Pack a splitbar (sizer) into the specified box from the start.
|
|
|
5002 * Parameters:
|
|
|
5003 * box: Window handle of the box to be packed into.
|
|
|
5004 */
|
|
|
5005 void dw_box_pack_splitbar_start(HWND box)
|
|
|
5006 {
|
|
|
5007 Box *thisbox;
|
|
|
5008
|
|
|
5009 if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT))
|
|
|
5010 {
|
|
|
5011 box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT);
|
|
|
5012 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
5013 }
|
|
|
5014 else
|
|
|
5015 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
5016 if(thisbox)
|
|
|
5017 {
|
|
|
5018 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
|
|
|
5019 SplitbarClassName,
|
|
|
5020 NULL,
|
|
|
5021 WS_VISIBLE,
|
|
|
5022 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
5023 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
5024 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
5025 0L,
|
|
|
5026 NULL,
|
|
|
5027 NULL);
|
|
|
5028 if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
|
|
|
5029 dw_box_pack_start(box, tmp, 1, SPLITBAR_WIDTH, TRUE, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
5030 else
|
|
|
5031 dw_box_pack_start(box, tmp, SPLITBAR_WIDTH, 1, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
5032
|
|
|
5033 }
|
|
|
5034 }
|
|
|
5035
|
|
|
5036 /*
|
|
|
5037 * Pack a splitbar (sizer) into the specified box from the end.
|
|
|
5038 * Parameters:
|
|
|
5039 * box: Window handle of the box to be packed into.
|
|
|
5040 */
|
|
|
5041 void dw_box_pack_splitbar_end(HWND box)
|
|
|
5042 {
|
|
|
5043 Box *thisbox;
|
|
|
5044
|
|
|
5045 if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT))
|
|
|
5046 {
|
|
|
5047 box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT);
|
|
|
5048 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
5049 }
|
|
|
5050 else
|
|
|
5051 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
5052 if(thisbox)
|
|
|
5053 {
|
|
|
5054 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
|
|
|
5055 SplitbarClassName,
|
|
|
5056 NULL,
|
|
|
5057 WS_VISIBLE,
|
|
|
5058 0,0,2000,1000,
|
|
|
5059 NULLHANDLE,
|
|
|
5060 HWND_TOP,
|
|
|
5061 0L,
|
|
|
5062 NULL,
|
|
|
5063 NULL);
|
|
|
5064 if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
|
|
|
5065 dw_box_pack_end(box, tmp, 1, SPLITBAR_WIDTH, TRUE, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
5066 else
|
|
|
5067 dw_box_pack_end(box, tmp, SPLITBAR_WIDTH, 1, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
5068
|
|
|
5069 }
|
|
|
5070 }
|
|
|
5071
|
|
|
5072 /*
|
|
|
5073 * Pack windows (widgets) into a box from the start (or top).
|
|
|
5074 * Parameters:
|
|
|
5075 * box: Window handle of the box to be packed into.
|
|
|
5076 * item: Window handle of the item to be back.
|
|
|
5077 * width: Width in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined.
|
|
|
5078 * height: Height in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined.
|
|
|
5079 * hsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand horizontally to fill space given.
|
|
|
5080 * vsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand vertically to fill space given.
|
|
|
5081 * pad: Number of pixels of padding around the item.
|
|
|
5082 */
|
|
|
5083 void dw_box_pack_start(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad)
|
|
|
5084 {
|
|
|
5085 Box *thisbox;
|
|
|
5086
|
|
|
5087 if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT))
|
|
|
5088 {
|
|
|
5089 box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT);
|
|
|
5090 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
5091 }
|
|
|
5092 else
|
|
|
5093 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
5094 if(thisbox)
|
|
|
5095 {
|
|
|
5096 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
|
|
|
5097 dw_box_pack_end_stub(box, item, width, height, hsize, vsize, pad);
|
|
|
5098 else
|
|
|
5099 dw_box_pack_start_stub(box, item, width, height, hsize, vsize, pad);
|
|
|
5100 }
|
|
|
5101 }
|
|
|
5102
|
|
|
5103 void dw_box_pack_start_stub(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad)
|
|
|
5104 {
|
|
|
5105 HWND boxowner = NULLHANDLE;
|
|
|
5106 Box *thisbox;
|
|
|
5107
|
|
|
5108 if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT))
|
|
|
5109 {
|
|
|
5110 box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT);
|
|
|
5111 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
5112 hsize = TRUE;
|
|
|
5113 vsize = TRUE;
|
|
|
5114 }
|
|
|
5115 else
|
|
|
5116 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
|
|
|
5117 if(thisbox)
|
|
|
5118 {
|
|
|
5119 int z;
|
|
|
5120 Item *tmpitem, *thisitem = thisbox->items;
|
|
|
5121 char tmpbuf[100];
|
|
|
5122
|
|
|
5123 tmpitem = malloc(sizeof(Item)*(thisbox->count+1));
|
|
|
5124
|
|
|
5125 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++)
|
|
|
5126 {
|
|
|
5127 tmpitem[z+1] = thisitem[z];
|
|
|
5128 }
|
|
|
5129
|
|
|
5130 WinQueryClassName(item, 99, tmpbuf);
|
|
|
5131
|
|
|
5132 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#1", 2)==0)
|
|
|
5133 tmpitem[0].type = TYPEBOX;
|
|
|
5134 else
|
|
|
5135 tmpitem[0].type = TYPEITEM;
|
|
|
5136
|
|
|
5137 tmpitem[0].hwnd = item;
|
|
|
5138 tmpitem[0].origwidth = tmpitem[0].width = width;
|
|
|
5139 tmpitem[0].origheight = tmpitem[0].height = height;
|
|
|
5140 tmpitem[0].pad = pad;
|
|
|
5141 if(hsize)
|
|
|
5142 tmpitem[0].hsize = SIZEEXPAND;
|
|
|
5143 else
|
|
|
5144 tmpitem[0].hsize = SIZESTATIC;
|
|
|
5145
|
|
|
5146 if(vsize)
|
|
|
5147 tmpitem[0].vsize = SIZEEXPAND;
|
|
|
5148 else
|
|
|
5149 tmpitem[0].vsize = SIZESTATIC;
|
|
|
5150
|
|
|
5151 thisbox->items = tmpitem;
|
|
|
5152
|
|
|
5153 if(thisbox->count)
|
|
|
5154 free(thisitem);
|
|
|
5155
|
|
|
5156 thisbox->count++;
|
|
|
5157
|
|
|
5158 WinQueryClassName(item, 99, tmpbuf);
|
|
|
5159 /* Don't set the ownership if it's an entryfield or combobox */
|
|
|
5160 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#6", 2)!=0 /*&& strncmp(tmpbuf, "#2", 2)!=0*/)
|
|
|
5161 {
|
|
|
5162 if((boxowner = WinQueryWindow(box, QW_OWNER)) != 0)
|
|
|
5163 WinSetOwner(item, boxowner);
|
|
|
5164 else
|
|
|
5165 WinSetOwner(item, box);
|
|
|
5166 }
|
|
|
5167 WinSetParent(item, box, FALSE);
|
|
|
5168 }
|
|
|
5169 }
|
|
|
5170
|
|
|
5171 /* The following two functions graciously contributed by Peter Nielsen. */
|
|
|
5172 static ULONG _ParseBuildLevel (char* pchBuffer, ULONG ulSize) {
|
|
|
5173 char* pchStart = pchBuffer;
|
|
|
5174 char* pchEnd = pchStart + ulSize - 2;
|
|
|
5175
|
|
|
5176 while (pchEnd >= pchStart)
|
|
|
5177 {
|
|
|
5178 if ((pchEnd[0] == '#') && (pchEnd[1] == '@'))
|
|
|
5179 {
|
|
|
5180 *pchEnd-- = '\0';
|
|
|
5181 while (pchEnd >= pchStart)
|
|
|
5182 {
|
|
|
5183 if ((pchEnd[0] == '@') && (pchEnd[1] == '#'))
|
|
|
5184 {
|
|
|
5185 ULONG ulMajor = 0;
|
|
|
5186 ULONG ulMinor = 0;
|
|
|
5187
|
|
|
5188 char* pch = pchEnd + 2;
|
|
|
5189 while (!isdigit (*pch) && *pch)
|
|
|
5190 pch++;
|
|
|
5191
|
|
|
5192 while (isdigit (*pch))
|
|
|
5193 ulMajor = ulMajor * 10 + *pch++ - '0';
|
|
|
5194
|
|
|
5195 if (*pch == '.')
|
|
|
5196 {
|
|
|
5197 while (isdigit (*++pch))
|
|
|
5198 ulMinor = ulMinor * 10 + *pch - '0';
|
|
|
5199 }
|
|
|
5200 return ((ulMajor << 16) | ulMinor);
|
|
|
5201 }
|
|
|
5202 pchEnd--;
|
|
|
5203 }
|
|
|
5204 }
|
|
|
5205 pchEnd--;
|
|
|
5206 }
|
|
|
5207 return (0);
|
|
|
5208 }
|
|
|
5209
|
|
|
5210 ULONG _GetSystemBuildLevel(void) {
|
|
|
5211 /* The build level info is normally available in the end of the OS2KRNL file. However, this is not the case in some beta versions of OS/2.
|
|
|
5212 * We first try to find the info in the 256 last bytes of the file. If that fails, we load the entire file and search it completely.
|
|
|
5213 */
|
|
|
5214 ULONG ulBootDrive = 0;
|
|
|
5215 ULONG ulBuild = 0;
|
|
|
5216 if (DosQuerySysInfo (QSV_BOOT_DRIVE, QSV_BOOT_DRIVE, &ulBootDrive, sizeof (ulBootDrive)) == NO_ERROR)
|
|
|
5217 {
|
|
|
5218 char achFileName[11] = { (char)('A'+ulBootDrive-1),':','\\','O','S','2','K','R','N','L','\0' };
|
|
|
5219 HFILE hfile;
|
|
|
5220 ULONG ulResult;
|
|
|
5221 if (DosOpen (achFileName, &hfile, &ulResult, 0, 0, OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS, OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR | OPEN_FLAGS_NO_CACHE | OPEN_FLAGS_SEQUENTIAL | OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE | OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY, NULL) == NO_ERROR)
|
|
|
5222 {
|
|
|
5223 ULONG ulFileSize = 0;
|
|
|
5224 if (DosSetFilePtr (hfile, 0, FILE_END, &ulFileSize) == NO_ERROR)
|
|
|
5225 {
|
|
|
5226 const ULONG ulFirstTry = min (256, ulFileSize);
|
|
|
5227 if (DosSetFilePtr (hfile, -(LONG)ulFirstTry, FILE_END, &ulResult) == NO_ERROR)
|
|
|
5228 {
|
|
|
5229 char *pchBuffer = malloc(ulFirstTry);
|
|
|
5230 if (DosRead (hfile, pchBuffer, ulFirstTry, &ulResult) == NO_ERROR)
|
|
|
5231 {
|
|
|
5232 ulBuild = _ParseBuildLevel (pchBuffer, ulFirstTry);
|
|
|
5233 if (ulBuild == 0)
|
|
|
5234 {
|
|
|
5235 if (DosSetFilePtr (hfile, 0, FILE_BEGIN, &ulResult) == NO_ERROR)
|
|
|
5236 {
|
|
|
5237 free(pchBuffer);
|
|
|
5238 pchBuffer = malloc(ulFileSize);
|
|
|
5239
|
|
|
5240 if (DosRead (hfile, pchBuffer, ulFileSize, &ulResult) == NO_ERROR)
|
|
|
5241 ulBuild = _ParseBuildLevel (pchBuffer, ulFileSize);
|
|
|
5242 }
|
|
|
5243 }
|
|
|
5244 }
|
|
|
5245 free(pchBuffer);
|
|
|
5246 }
|
|
|
5247 }
|
|
|
5248 DosClose (hfile);
|
|
|
5249 }
|
|
|
5250 }
|
|
|
5251 return (ulBuild);
|
|
|
5252 }
|
|
|
5253
|
|
|
5254
|
|
|
5255 /*
|
|
|
5256 * Returns some information about the current operating environment.
|
|
|
5257 * Parameters:
|
|
|
5258 * env: Pointer to a DWEnv struct.
|
|
|
5259 */
|
|
|
5260 void dw_environment_query(DWEnv *env)
|
|
|
5261 {
|
|
|
5262 ULONG aulBuffer[4];
|
|
|
5263 ULONG Build;
|
|
|
5264
|
|
|
5265 if(!env)
|
|
|
5266 return;
|
|
|
5267
|
|
|
5268 /* Get the OS/2 version. */
|
|
|
5269
|
|
|
5270 DosQuerySysInfo(QSV_VERSION_MAJOR, QSV_MS_COUNT,(void *)aulBuffer, 4*sizeof(ULONG));
|
|
|
5271
|
|
|
5272 /* The default is OS/2 2.0 */
|
|
|
5273 strcpy(env->osName,"OS/2");
|
|
|
5274 env->MajorVersion = 2;
|
|
|
5275 env->MinorVersion = 0;
|
|
|
5276
|
|
|
5277 Build = _GetSystemBuildLevel();
|
|
|
5278 env->MinorBuild = Build & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
5279 env->MajorBuild = Build >> 16;
|
|
|
5280
|
|
|
5281 if (aulBuffer[0] == 20)
|
|
|
5282 {
|
|
|
5283 int i = (unsigned int)aulBuffer[1];
|
|
|
5284 if (i > 20)
|
|
|
5285 {
|
|
|
5286 strcpy(env->osName,"Warp");
|
|
|
5287 env->MajorVersion = (int)i/10;
|
|
|
5288 env->MinorVersion = i-(((int)i/10)*10);
|
|
|
5289 }
|
|
|
5290 else if (i == 10)
|
|
|
5291 env->MinorVersion = 1;
|
|
|
5292 }
|
|
|
5293 }
|
|
|
5294
|
|
|
5295 /*
|
|
|
5296 * Opens a file dialog and queries user selection.
|
|
|
5297 * Parameters:
|
|
|
5298 * title: Title bar text for dialog.
|
|
|
5299 * defpath: The default path of the open dialog.
|
|
|
5300 * ext: Default file extention.
|
|
|
5301 * flags: DW_FILE_OPEN or DW_FILE_SAVE.
|
|
|
5302 * Returns:
|
|
|
5303 * NULL on error. A malloced buffer containing
|
|
|
5304 * the file path on success.
|
|
|
5305 *
|
|
|
5306 */
|
|
|
5307 char *dw_file_browse(char *title, char *defpath, char *ext, int flags)
|
|
|
5308 {
|
|
|
5309 FILEDLG fild;
|
|
|
5310 HWND hwndFile;
|
|
|
5311 int len;
|
|
|
5312
|
|
|
5313 if(defpath)
|
|
|
5314 strcpy(fild.szFullFile, defpath);
|
|
|
5315 else
|
|
|
5316 strcpy(fild.szFullFile, "");
|
|
|
5317
|
|
|
5318 len = strlen(fild.szFullFile);
|
|
|
5319
|
|
|
5320 if(len)
|
|
|
5321 {
|
|
|
5322 if(fild.szFullFile[len-1] != '\\')
|
|
|
5323 strcat(fild.szFullFile, "\\");
|
|
|
5324 }
|
|
|
5325 strcat(fild.szFullFile, "*");
|
|
|
5326
|
|
|
5327 if(ext)
|
|
|
5328 {
|
|
|
5329 strcat(fild.szFullFile, ".");
|
|
|
5330 strcat(fild.szFullFile, ext);
|
|
|
5331 }
|
|
|
5332
|
|
|
5333 fild.cbSize = sizeof(FILEDLG);
|
|
|
5334 fild.fl = /*FDS_HELPBUTTON |*/ FDS_CENTER | FDS_OPEN_DIALOG;
|
|
|
5335 fild.pszTitle = title;
|
|
|
5336 fild.pszOKButton = ((flags & DW_FILE_SAVE) ? "Save" : "Open");
|
|
|
5337 fild.ulUser = 0L;
|
|
|
5338 fild.pfnDlgProc = (PFNWP)WinDefFileDlgProc;
|
|
|
5339 fild.lReturn = 0L;
|
|
|
5340 fild.lSRC = 0L;
|
|
|
5341 fild.hMod = 0;
|
|
|
5342 fild.x = 0;
|
|
|
5343 fild.y = 0;
|
|
|
5344 fild.pszIType = (PSZ)NULL;
|
|
|
5345 fild.papszITypeList = (PAPSZ)NULL;
|
|
|
5346 fild.pszIDrive = (PSZ)NULL;
|
|
|
5347 fild.papszIDriveList= (PAPSZ)NULL;
|
|
|
5348 fild.sEAType = (SHORT)0;
|
|
|
5349 fild.papszFQFilename= (PAPSZ)NULL;
|
|
|
5350 fild.ulFQFCount = 0L;
|
|
|
5351
|
|
|
5352 hwndFile = WinFileDlg(HWND_DESKTOP, HWND_DESKTOP, &fild);
|
|
|
5353 if(hwndFile)
|
|
|
5354 {
|
|
|
5355 switch(fild.lReturn)
|
|
|
5356 {
|
|
|
5357 case DID_OK:
|
|
|
5358 return strdup(fild.szFullFile);
|
|
|
5359 case DID_CANCEL:
|
|
|
5360 return NULL;
|
|
|
5361 }
|
|
|
5362 }
|
|
|
5363 return NULL;
|
|
|
5364 }
|
|
|
5365
|
|
|
5366 /*
|
|
|
5367 * Execute and external program in a seperate session.
|
|
|
5368 * Parameters:
|
|
|
5369 * program: Program name with optional path.
|
|
|
5370 * type: Either DW_EXEC_CON or DW_EXEC_GUI.
|
|
|
5371 * params: An array of pointers to string arguements.
|
|
|
5372 * Returns:
|
|
|
5373 * -1 on error.
|
|
|
5374 */
|
|
|
5375 int dw_exec(char *program, int type, char **params)
|
|
|
5376 {
|
|
|
5377 return spawnvp(P_NOWAIT, program, params);
|
|
|
5378 }
|
|
|
5379
|
|
|
5380 /*
|
|
|
5381 * Loads a web browser pointed at the given URL.
|
|
|
5382 * Parameters:
|
|
|
5383 * url: Uniform resource locator.
|
|
|
5384 */
|
|
|
5385 int dw_browse(char *url)
|
|
|
5386 {
|
|
|
5387 /* Is there a way to find the webbrowser in Unix? */
|
|
|
5388 char *execargs[3], browser[1024];
|
|
|
5389
|
|
|
5390 PrfQueryProfileString(HINI_USERPROFILE, "WPURLDEFAULTSETTINGS",
|
|
|
5391 "DefaultBrowserExe", NULL, browser, 1024);
|
|
|
5392
|
|
|
5393 execargs[0] = browser;
|
|
|
5394 execargs[1] = url;
|
|
|
5395 execargs[2] = NULL;
|
|
|
5396
|
|
|
5397 return dw_exec(browser, DW_EXEC_GUI, execargs);
|
|
|
5398 }
|
|
|
5399
|
|
|
5400 /*
|
|
|
5401 * Returns a pointer to a static buffer which containes the
|
|
|
5402 * current user directory. Or the root directory (C:\ on
|
|
|
5403 * OS/2 and Windows).
|
|
|
5404 */
|
|
|
5405 char *dw_user_dir(void)
|
|
|
5406 {
|
|
|
5407 static char _user_dir[1024] = "";
|
|
|
5408
|
|
|
5409 if(!_user_dir[0])
|
|
|
5410 {
|
|
|
5411 char *home = getenv("HOME");
|
|
|
5412
|
|
|
5413 if(home)
|
|
|
5414 strcpy(_user_dir, home);
|
|
|
5415 else
|
|
|
5416 strcpy(_user_dir, "C:\\");
|
|
|
5417 }
|
|
|
5418 return _user_dir;
|
|
|
5419 }
|
|
|
5420
|
|
|
5421 /*
|
|
|
5422 * Call a function from the window (widget)'s context.
|
|
|
5423 * Parameters:
|
|
|
5424 * handle: Window handle of the widget.
|
|
|
5425 * function: Function pointer to be called.
|
|
|
5426 * data: Pointer to the data to be passed to the function.
|
|
|
5427 */
|
|
|
5428 void dw_window_function(HWND handle, void *function, void *data)
|
|
|
5429 {
|
|
|
5430 WinSendMsg(handle, WM_USER, (MPARAM)function, (MPARAM)data);
|
|
|
5431 }
|
|
|
5432
|
|
|
5433 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS
|
|
|
5434 /*
|
|
|
5435 * Add a callback to a window event.
|
|
|
5436 * Parameters:
|
|
|
5437 * window: Window handle of signal to be called back.
|
|
|
5438 * signame: A string pointer identifying which signal to be hooked.
|
|
|
5439 * sigfunc: The pointer to the function to be used as the callback.
|
|
|
5440 * data: User data to be passed to the handler function.
|
|
|
5441 */
|
|
|
5442 void dw_signal_connect(HWND window, char *signame, void *sigfunc, void *data)
|
|
|
5443 {
|
|
|
5444 ULONG message = 0L;
|
|
|
5445
|
|
|
5446 if(window && signame && sigfunc)
|
|
|
5447 {
|
|
|
5448 if((message = _findsigmessage(signame)) != 0)
|
|
|
5449 _new_signal(message, window, sigfunc, data);
|
|
|
5450 }
|
|
|
5451 }
|
|
|
5452
|
|
|
5453 /*
|
|
|
5454 * Removes callbacks for a given window with given name.
|
|
|
5455 * Parameters:
|
|
|
5456 * window: Window handle of callback to be removed.
|
|
|
5457 */
|
|
|
5458 void dw_signal_disconnect_by_name(HWND window, char *signame)
|
|
|
5459 {
|
|
|
5460 SignalHandler *prev = NULL, *tmp = Root;
|
|
|
5461 ULONG message;
|
|
|
5462
|
|
|
5463 if(!window || !signame || (message = _findsigmessage(signame)) == 0)
|
|
|
5464 return;
|
|
|
5465
|
|
|
5466 while(tmp)
|
|
|
5467 {
|
|
|
5468 if(tmp->window == window && tmp->message == message)
|
|
|
5469 {
|
|
|
5470 if(prev)
|
|
|
5471 {
|
|
|
5472 prev->next = tmp->next;
|
|
|
5473 free(tmp);
|
|
|
5474 tmp = prev->next;
|
|
|
5475 }
|
|
|
5476 else
|
|
|
5477 {
|
|
|
5478 Root = tmp->next;
|
|
|
5479 free(tmp);
|
|
|
5480 tmp = Root;
|
|
|
5481 }
|
|
|
5482 }
|
|
|
5483 else
|
|
|
5484 {
|
|
|
5485 prev = tmp;
|
|
|
5486 tmp = tmp->next;
|
|
|
5487 }
|
|
|
5488 }
|
|
|
5489 }
|
|
|
5490
|
|
|
5491 /*
|
|
|
5492 * Removes all callbacks for a given window.
|
|
|
5493 * Parameters:
|
|
|
5494 * window: Window handle of callback to be removed.
|
|
|
5495 */
|
|
|
5496 void dw_signal_disconnect_by_window(HWND window)
|
|
|
5497 {
|
|
|
5498 SignalHandler *prev = NULL, *tmp = Root;
|
|
|
5499
|
|
|
5500 while(tmp)
|
|
|
5501 {
|
|
|
5502 if(tmp->window == window)
|
|
|
5503 {
|
|
|
5504 if(prev)
|
|
|
5505 {
|
|
|
5506 prev->next = tmp->next;
|
|
|
5507 free(tmp);
|
|
|
5508 tmp = prev->next;
|
|
|
5509 }
|
|
|
5510 else
|
|
|
5511 {
|
|
|
5512 Root = tmp->next;
|
|
|
5513 free(tmp);
|
|
|
5514 tmp = Root;
|
|
|
5515 }
|
|
|
5516 }
|
|
|
5517 else
|
|
|
5518 {
|
|
|
5519 prev = tmp;
|
|
|
5520 tmp = tmp->next;
|
|
|
5521 }
|
|
|
5522 }
|
|
|
5523 }
|
|
|
5524
|
|
|
5525 /*
|
|
|
5526 * Removes all callbacks for a given window with specified data.
|
|
|
5527 * Parameters:
|
|
|
5528 * window: Window handle of callback to be removed.
|
|
|
5529 * data: Pointer to the data to be compared against.
|
|
|
5530 */
|
|
|
5531 void dw_signal_disconnect_by_data(HWND window, void *data)
|
|
|
5532 {
|
|
|
5533 SignalHandler *prev = NULL, *tmp = Root;
|
|
|
5534
|
|
|
5535 while(tmp)
|
|
|
5536 {
|
|
|
5537 if(tmp->window == window && tmp->data == data)
|
|
|
5538 {
|
|
|
5539 if(prev)
|
|
|
5540 {
|
|
|
5541 prev->next = tmp->next;
|
|
|
5542 free(tmp);
|
|
|
5543 tmp = prev->next;
|
|
|
5544 }
|
|
|
5545 else
|
|
|
5546 {
|
|
|
5547 Root = tmp->next;
|
|
|
5548 free(tmp);
|
|
|
5549 tmp = Root;
|
|
|
5550 }
|
|
|
5551 }
|
|
|
5552 else
|
|
|
5553 {
|
|
|
5554 prev = tmp;
|
|
|
5555 tmp = tmp->next;
|
|
|
5556 }
|
|
|
5557 }
|
|
|
5558 }
|
|
|
5559 #endif
|
|
|
5560
|
|
|
5561 #ifdef TEST
|
|
|
5562 HWND mainwindow,
|
|
|
5563 listbox,
|
|
|
5564 okbutton,
|
|
|
5565 cancelbutton,
|
|
|
5566 lbbox,
|
|
|
5567 stext,
|
|
|
5568 buttonbox,
|
|
|
5569 testwindow,
|
|
|
5570 testbox,
|
|
|
5571 testok,
|
|
|
5572 testcancel,
|
|
|
5573 testbox2,
|
|
|
5574 testok2,
|
|
|
5575 testcancel2,
|
|
|
5576 notebook;
|
|
|
5577 int count = 2;
|
|
|
5578
|
|
|
5579 #ifdef USE_FILTER
|
|
|
5580 /* Do any handling you need in the filter function */
|
|
|
5581 LONG testfilter(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
|
|
|
5582 {
|
|
|
5583 switch(msg)
|
|
|
5584 {
|
|
|
5585 case WM_COMMAND:
|
|
|
5586 switch (COMMANDMSG(&msg)->cmd)
|
|
|
5587 {
|
|
|
5588 case 1001L:
|
|
|
5589 case 1002L:
|
|
|
5590 dw_window_destroy(mainwindow);;
|
|
|
5591 count--;
|
|
|
5592 break;
|
|
|
5593 case 1003L:
|
|
|
5594 case 1004L:
|
|
|
5595 dw_window_destroy(testwindow);;
|
|
|
5596 count--;
|
|
|
5597 break;
|
|
|
5598 }
|
|
|
5599 if(!count)
|
|
|
5600 exit(0);
|
|
|
5601 break;
|
|
|
5602 }
|
|
|
5603 /* Return -1 to allow the default handlers to return. */
|
|
|
5604 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5605 }
|
|
|
5606 #else
|
|
|
5607 int test_callback(HWND window, void *data)
|
|
|
5608 {
|
|
|
5609 dw_window_destroy((HWND)data);
|
|
|
5610 /* Return -1 to allow the default handlers to return. */
|
|
|
5611 count--;
|
|
|
5612 if(!count)
|
|
|
5613 exit(0);
|
|
|
5614 return -1;
|
|
|
5615 }
|
|
|
5616 #endif
|
|
|
5617
|
|
|
5618 /*
|
|
|
5619 * Let's demonstrate the functionality of this library. :)
|
|
|
5620 */
|
|
|
5621 int main(void)
|
|
|
5622 {
|
|
|
5623 ULONG flStyle = DW_FCF_SYSMENU | DW_FCF_TITLEBAR |
|
|
|
5624 DW_FCF_SHELLPOSITION | DW_FCF_TASKLIST | DW_FCF_DLGBORDER;
|
|
|
5625 int pageid;
|
|
|
5626
|
|
|
5627 dw_init(TRUE);
|
|
|
5628
|
|
|
5629 /* Try a little server dialog. :) */
|
|
|
5630 mainwindow = dw_window_new(HWND_DESKTOP, "Server", flStyle | DW_FCF_SIZEBORDER | DW_FCF_MINMAX);
|
|
|
5631
|
|
|
5632 lbbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 10);
|
|
|
5633
|
|
|
5634 dw_box_pack_start(mainwindow, lbbox, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
5635
|
|
|
5636 stext = dw_text_new("Choose a server:", 0);
|
|
|
5637
|
|
|
5638 dw_window_set_style(stext, DW_DT_VCENTER, DW_DT_VCENTER);
|
|
|
5639
|
|
|
5640 dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, stext, 130, 15, FALSE, FALSE, 10);
|
|
|
5641
|
|
|
5642 listbox = dw_listbox_new(100L, FALSE);
|
|
|
5643
|
|
|
5644 dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, listbox, 130, 200, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
|
|
|
5645
|
|
|
5646 buttonbox = dw_box_new(BOXHORZ, 0);
|
|
|
5647
|
|
|
5648 dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, buttonbox, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
5649
|
|
|
5650 okbutton = dw_button_new("Ok", 1001L);
|
|
|
5651
|
|
|
5652 dw_box_pack_start(buttonbox, okbutton, 50, 30, TRUE, TRUE, 5);
|
|
|
5653
|
|
|
5654 cancelbutton = dw_button_new("Cancel", 1002L);
|
|
|
5655
|
|
|
5656 dw_box_pack_start(buttonbox, cancelbutton, 50, 30, TRUE, TRUE, 5);
|
|
|
5657
|
|
|
5658 /* Set some nice fonts and colors */
|
|
|
5659 dw_window_set_color(lbbox, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
|
|
|
5660 dw_window_set_color(buttonbox, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
|
|
|
5661 dw_window_set_font(stext, "9.WarpSans");
|
|
|
5662 dw_window_set_color(stext, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
|
|
|
5663 dw_window_set_font(listbox, "9.WarpSans");
|
|
|
5664 dw_window_set_font(okbutton, "9.WarpSans");
|
|
|
5665 dw_window_set_font(cancelbutton, "9.WarpSans");
|
|
|
5666
|
|
|
5667 dw_window_show(mainwindow);
|
|
|
5668
|
|
|
5669 dw_window_set_usize(mainwindow, 170, 340);
|
|
|
5670
|
|
|
5671 /* Another small example */
|
|
|
5672 flStyle |= FCF_MINMAX | FCF_SIZEBORDER;
|
|
|
5673
|
|
|
5674 testwindow = dw_window_new(HWND_DESKTOP, "Wow a test dialog! :) yay!", flStyle);
|
|
|
5675
|
|
|
5676 testbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 0);
|
|
|
5677
|
|
|
5678 dw_box_pack_start(testwindow, testbox, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
5679
|
|
|
5680 notebook = dw_notebook_new(1010L, TRUE);
|
|
|
5681
|
|
|
5682 dw_box_pack_start(testbox, notebook, 100, 100, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
5683
|
|
|
5684 testbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 10);
|
|
|
5685
|
|
|
5686 pageid = dw_notebook_page_new(notebook, 0L, FALSE);
|
|
|
5687
|
|
|
5688 dw_notebook_page_set_text(notebook, pageid, "Test page");
|
|
|
5689 dw_notebook_page_set_status_text(notebook, pageid, "Test page");
|
|
|
5690
|
|
|
5691 dw_notebook_pack(notebook, pageid, testbox);
|
|
|
5692
|
|
|
5693 testok = dw_button_new("Ok", 1003L);
|
|
|
5694
|
|
|
5695 dw_box_pack_start(testbox, testok, 60, 40, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
|
|
|
5696
|
|
|
5697 testcancel = dw_button_new("Cancel", 1004L);
|
|
|
5698
|
|
|
5699 dw_box_pack_start(testbox, testcancel, 60, 40, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
|
|
|
5700
|
|
|
5701 testbox2 = dw_box_new(BOXHORZ, 0);
|
|
|
5702
|
|
|
5703 dw_box_pack_start(testbox, testbox2, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
5704
|
|
|
5705 testok2 = dw_button_new("Ok", 1003L);
|
|
|
5706
|
|
|
5707 dw_box_pack_start(testbox2, testok2, 60, 40, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
|
|
|
5708
|
|
|
5709 dw_box_pack_splitbar_start(testbox2);
|
|
|
5710
|
|
|
5711 testcancel2 = dw_button_new("Cancel", 1004L);
|
|
|
5712
|
|
|
5713 dw_box_pack_start(testbox2, testcancel2, 60, 40, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
|
|
|
5714
|
|
|
5715 /* Set some nice fonts and colors */
|
|
|
5716 dw_window_set_color(testbox, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
|
|
|
5717 dw_window_set_color(testbox2, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
|
|
|
5718 dw_window_set_font(testok, "9.WarpSans");
|
|
|
5719 dw_window_set_font(testcancel, "9.WarpSans");
|
|
|
5720 dw_window_set_font(testok2, "9.WarpSans");
|
|
|
5721 dw_window_set_font(testcancel2, "9.WarpSans");
|
|
|
5722
|
|
|
5723 dw_window_show(testwindow);
|
|
|
5724
|
|
|
5725 #ifdef USE_FILTER
|
|
|
5726 dw_main(0L, (void *)testfilter);
|
|
|
5727 #else
|
|
|
5728 /* Setup the function callbacks */
|
|
|
5729 dw_signal_connect(okbutton, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow);
|
|
|
5730 dw_signal_connect(cancelbutton, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow);
|
|
|
5731 dw_signal_connect(testok, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)testwindow);
|
|
|
5732 dw_signal_connect(testcancel, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)testwindow);
|
|
|
5733 dw_signal_connect(testok2, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)testwindow);
|
|
|
5734 dw_signal_connect(testcancel2, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)testwindow);
|
|
|
5735 dw_signal_connect(mainwindow, "delete_event", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow);
|
|
|
5736 dw_signal_connect(testwindow, "delete_event", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)testwindow);
|
|
|
5737
|
|
|
5738 dw_main(0L, NULL);
|
|
|
5739 #endif
|
|
|
5740
|
|
|
5741 return 0;
|
|
|
5742 }
|
|
|
5743 #endif |
